E Ball Guide

Compiled by Jouni Filip Maho
Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics

User guide to EBALL
This version dated : 19 maj 2010
( page breaks not fixed )
The present document aims to explain the content and structure of the EBALL (i.e.
Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics), a bibliographical
database compiled by Jouni Filip Maho since 1991.
Various parts of this document have previously been distributed as a searchers
manual, esp. that which here appears as part IV.
This user guide is, together with its various accompanying documents, continually
updated, revised and amended.
Jouni Filip Maho
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 7
1.1 On the contents of EBALL ............................................................................. 7
1.2 What follows below ........................................................................................ 10
II. SEARCHING EBALL .................................................................................. 13
2.1 Searching EBALL using search codes ........................................................... 13
2.1.1 The language codes (set 1) .................................................................... 14
2.1.2 The areal codes (set 2) .......................................................................... 15
2.1.3 The general content codes or the rest (set 3) ..................................... 15
2.2 The usefulness of the search codes ................................................................. 16
III. WORKING WITH EBALL ......................................................................... 17
3.1 Finding good sources ...................................................................................... 17
3.2 Entering data into EBALL .............................................................................. 18
3.2.1 A handful of preliminaries .................................................................... 18
3.2.1.1 The working language of EBALL ................................................ 18
3.2.1.2 What deserves an entry in EBALL? ............................................. 19
3.2.1.3 EBALLs reference types ............................................................. 20
3.2.1.4 Abbreviations, initialisms and acronyms ...................................... 21
3.2.1.5 The use of periods in acronyms, abbreviations and initials .......... 22
3.2.1.6 Special characters and formatting ................................................. 23
3.2.2 Comments on reference types ............................................................... 23
3.2.2.1 Journal article ................................................................................ 23
3.2.2.2 Book & Edited book ..................................................................... 24
3.2.2.3 Book section ................................................................................. 24
3.2.2.4 Unpublished .................................................................................. 24
3.2.2.5 Computer program ........................................................................ 24
3.2.2.6 Map ............................................................................................... 24
3.2.3 Comments on specific fields ................................................................. 25
3.2.3.1 Author, Editor, Creator, Cartographer, etc. .................................. 25
3.2.3.2 Year ............................................................................................... 29
3.2.3.3 Title ............................................................................................... 30
3.2.3.4 Edit info ........................................................................................ 32
3.2.3.5 Edit info book (Book section) ....................................................... 33
3.2.3.6 Journal (Journal article) ................................................................ 34
3.2.3.7 Series/edit info (Journal article) .................................................... 37
3.2.3.8 Series title (Book, Edited book) .................................................... 38
3.2.3.9 Collection (Unpublished) .............................................................. 39
3.2.3.10 Series title (Journal article) ......................................................... 40
3.2.3.11 Volume (not Journal article) ....................................................... 41
3.2.3.12 Volume (Journal article) ............................................................. 42
3.2.3.13 Issue/date (Journal article) .......................................................... 43
3.2.3.14 Pages, Pagination ........................................................................ 44
3.2.3.15 Theme issue (Journal article) ...................................................... 44
4 USER GUIDE TO EBALL -- 19 maj 2010
3.2.3.16 City, Place of publication ........................................................... 45
3.2.3.17 Publisher ..................................................................................... 47
3.2.3.18 Institution (Unpublished) ............................................................ 48
3.2.3.19 ISBN ........................................................................................... 48
3.2.3.20 URL ............................................................................................ 49
3.2.3.21 Peripheralia ................................................................................. 49
3.2.3.22 Keywords .................................................................................... 50
3.2.3.23 Notes ........................................................................................... 52
3.3 Maintaining the data in EBALL ..................................................................... 53
3.3.1 Making selective outtakes ..................................................................... 53
3.3.2 Using temporary terms lists .................................................................. 54
3.3.3 Keeping an eye out for duplicates ......................................................... 55
3.3.4 Avoiding spelling errors ........................................................................ 56
3.4 Preparing a printout from EBALL .................................................................. 56
3.4.1 EBALLs output styles .......................................................................... 57
3.4.2 A few necessary tweakings ................................................................... 61
3.4.3 Changes to EBALLs output styles ....................................................... 63
IV. THEMATIC LISTS OF SEARCH CODES ............................................... 65
4.1 The language codes (set 1) ............................................................................. 66
The Bantu languages (a-s) ..................................................................... 68
The Benue-Congo languages (t) ........................................................... 87
The Niger-Congo languages (u) ............................................................ 99
The Nilosaharan languages (v) ............................................................. 111
The Khoesan languages (w) .................................................................. 118
The Afroasiatic languages (x) ............................................................... 120
Remnant, unclassified, other languages (y) .......................................... 132
New languages in Africa (z) .............................................................. 146
4.2 The areal codes (set 2) .................................................................................... 151
4.3 The general content codes (set 3) ................................................................... 156
4.4 Alphabetical list of all three-letter codes (sets 2-3) ........................................ 157
V. BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCES ......................................................... 159
List of tables
1. A little EBALL statistics ..................................................................................... 8
2. EBALL statistics for Niger-Congo languages .................................................... 9
3. Some more EBALL statistics .............................................................................. 10
4. Reference types and fields used in EBALL ........................................................ 20
List of maps
Major language groupings in Africa ........................................................................ 67
Bantu language zones ............................................................................................... 69
The Benue-Congo languages ................................................................................... 88
The Niger-Congo languages .................................................................................... 100
The Nilosaharan languages ...................................................................................... 112
The Khoesan languages ........................................................................................... 119
The Afroasiatic languages ........................................................................................ 121
Spoken varieties of Arabic ....................................................................................... 122
Arabic as official language ...................................................................................... 123
Unclassified languages in Africa ............................................................................. 133
Select historical kingdoms, peoples, and places ...................................................... 135
English as official language ..................................................................................... 137
French as official language ...................................................................................... 138
Portuguese as official language ................................................................................ 139
Spanish as official language ..................................................................................... 140
African languages as official languages ................................................................... 141
Countries/territories with South Asian languages .................................................... 143
Countries/territories with East Asian languages ...................................................... 145
New languages based on African languages (incl Arabic) ................................... 147
New languages based on Indoeuropean languages ............................................... 148
The country codes .................................................................................................... 152
The BAT, FAT, PAT and SAT codes ...................................................................... 153
The WAF, CAF and NEA codes .............................................................................. 154
The NAF, SAF and EAF codes ................................................................................ 155
Some/most of the maps may look odd-coloured on some computer screens. This
is due to the fact that the colours have been chosen so as to look acceptable when
doing monochrome printouts, in which case they appear as different shades of grey.
PART I
INTRODUCTION
The Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics, or EBALL, is a
bibliographical database aiming to collect, as exhaustively as possible, references to
works dealing with African languages and linguistics, with an intended coverage
comprising any and all languages found on the African continent, such as Afroasiatic,
Khoesan, Niger-Congo and Nilosaharan languages, any African varieties of Indo-
European and Asian/Indian languages, as well as any African pidgins/creoles, mixed
languages, sign languages, artificial languages, and so on and so forth.
1
EBALL is meant to assist people in finding out what kind of linguistic work has been
done on any particular African language. This requires that the information is
exhaustive as well as accurate and reliable. Indeed, EBALL aims to satisfy both of
these requirements, i.e. exhaustiveness and reliability.
1.1 On the contents of EBALL
EBALL is an electronic database. It is stored with a software called EndNote, a
commercial bibliography program that is widely used in the academic world. It is
available for both Mac and PC.
2
The information in EBALL is organised like any other database, containing a
number of bibliographical entries (= posts) comprised of a pre-defined set of fields,
each of which is designated for a specified type of information. Hence different types
of fields contain different types of information, such as author name, title of work,
date published, name of publisher, and so on and so forth.
3
1
It is thus not an inventory of any actual library or archive.
2
In order to benefit optimally from the present user guide, an acquaintance with EndNotes
manual is strongly recommended, since many of the terms and concepts used here derive directly
from there, e.g. reference type, field, style, terms list, and so on. These are sufficiently explained in
EndNotes own manual and are thus not further defined here. All other important terminology is
discussed and defined where introduced in the text.
3
Each bibliographical entry, in turn, corresponds to a bibliographical item, i.e. a physical form
of recorded information, e.g. a book, journal article, thesis, etc. See more on this in part III below.
Language Total number of entries Number of languages
groupings indexed for linguistics according to SIL14
In toto 37 832 = 100 % 2 079 = 100 %
Afroasiatic 8 402 22.2 % 317 15.2 %
Khoesan 1 418 3.7 % 29 1.4 %
Niger-Congo 21 466 56.7 % 1 482 71.3 %
Nilosaharan 2 708 7.2 % 199 9.6 %
Others, unspecified 4 573 12.1 % 52 2.5 %
Table 1. A little EBALL statistics, as of June 2009.
The first column gives the number of EBALL entries which have been coded for linguistics. The
second column gives the number of languages within each major language grouping, as claimed
by SIL14 (2000). (Note also that there are overlaps involved in the figures in the first column,
i.e. one and the same EBALL entry may deal with more than one language grouping.)
The primary coverage of EBALL is linguistics. It does, however, also contain a fair
amount of references to other types of works, e.g. anthropological, sociological,
historical, etc., all of which may or may not be relevant from a linguistic point of
view. However, there is no aim towards exhaustiveness with regard to these latter
references.
EBALL is a work in progress, and as such it is continually updated, revised and
expanded. As of June 2009, it contained 60 475 indexed references. Of these, 37 832
(or c. 63 %) were specifically indexed for linguistics.
4
The accompanying tables give
brief and selected overviews of the contents of EBALL. It would go far beyond the
scope of the present guide to dwell into the details on this issue, so only a few general
characterisations will be made here.
It needs to be emphasised that the figures in tables 1 and 2 cannot be interpreted as
anything else than describing the internal demographics of EBALL. For instance,
according to the 14th edition of the Ethnologue (SIL14 2000), there are 2 079
languages in Africa. While 1 482, or appr. 71.3 %, of all African languages are
Niger-Congo languages, only 56.7 % percent of all linguistics-related entries in
EBALL deal specifically with Niger-Congo languages. Taken at face value, this
could be taken to indicate that the Niger-Congo languages are under-described in
relation to other African languages. For similar reasons, the figures in table 1 could
also be taken to indicate that the Khoesan languages are grossly over-described in
relation to other languages, since c. 3.7 % of all linguistics-related entries in EBALL
deal with Khoesan languages while only 1.4% of all African languages are Khoesan
languages. A conclusion like this would, of course, be a bizarre misrepresentation of
the actual state of affairs in Khoesan linguistics (cfr Gldemann & Vossen
2000:103f). The point here being that the figures cannot be interpreted too far.
4
If we include proverb collections and native texts, then the percentage increases to c.70%.
USER GUIDE TO EBALL -- 19 maj 2010 9
Language Total number of entries Number of languages
groupings indexed for linguistics according to SIL14
All of Niger-Congo 21 466 = 100 % 1 482 = 100 %
Bantu languages 13 115 61.1 % 498 33.6 %
Other Benue-Congo languages 2 734 12.7 % 433 29.3 %
Kwa languages 1 312 6.1 % 81 5.5 %
Gur languages 1 808 8.4 % 98 6.6 %
Kru languages 227 1.1 % 39 2.6 %
Ubangi languages 533 2.5 % 70 4.7 %
Adamawa languages 210 1.0 % 89 6.0 %
Ijoid languages 126 0.6 % 10 0.7 %
Mande languages 1 132 5.3 % 68 4.6 %
Atlantic languages 1 114 5.2 % 64 4.3 %
Kordofanian languages 76 0.4 % 31 2.1 %
Dogon languages 92 0.4 % 1 0.1 %
Table 2. EBALL statistics for Niger-Congo languages, as of June 2009.
Note that the figures include overlaps, i.e. one and the same EBALL entry may deal with more
than one language grouping.
Still, the percentages do give us a rough indication of how linguistic research has
been distributed among the African languages. Had all things been equal and non-
affected by the realities of research, politics and every-day life, then any given
language should have been represented by 19 linguistics-related entries in EBALL.
This is calculated on the simple fact that SIL14 claims a total of 2 079 languages in
Africa, meaning that each individual language equals roughly 0.05%, i.e. 1 / 2 079. If
there had been an even coverage in EBALL, each language would then had been
represented by 0.05% of the total amount of linguistics-related entries in EBALL,
which is 37 832, and this amounts to c. 19 titles. This is not so, however; nor should
we expect it to be. While Swahili is represented by 2 271 (or c. 6.0 %) linguistics-
related entries and Arabic by 1 289 (or c. 3.4 %), there are numerous languages with
far fewer entries than that, and many languages are not represented even by a single
entry.
Another word of caution needs to be added regarding the numbers in tables 1-3. For
instance, there are 1 531 entries coded with tnl, which stands for tonology, tone
studies, etc. Now, there are many grammar descriptions that contain detailed studies
of tonal phenomena, as do many dictionaries. Grammar descriptions and dictionaries
are coded with a language code plus either grd (grammar description) or dct
(dictionary). The code tnl has only been added when the present bibliographer-cum-
indexer is aware of the full contents of any given grammar book or dictionary; ideally
by having personally inspected the bibliographical item in question. Hence some or
even many EBALL entries have most probably been non-exhaustively indexed,
which means that the numbers in tables 1-3 are best treated as minimum values.
Type of work Entries in EBALL
Total number of entries in EBALL, as of June 2009 ...................................... 59 844
Linguistics ....................................................................................................... 37 832
Phonetics, phonology.................................................................................... 6 999
incl. Tonology/Prosody ( 1 531 )
Dictionaries, wordlists .................................................................................. 4 177
incl. Afroasiatic ( 856 ), Bantu ( 1 809 ), Khoesan ( 105 ),
Niger-Congo sans Bantu ( 902 ), Nilosaharan ( 342 )
Lexical studies, lexicography........................................................................ 5 854
incl. Onomastics/Toponymics ( 837 )
Grammar books, grammar descriptions ........................................................ 3 509
incl. Afroasiatic ( 677 ), Bantu ( 1 660 ), Khoesan ( 61 ),
Niger-Congo sans Bantu ( 816 ), Nilosaharan ( 230 )
Grammar, morphology, syntax ..................................................................... 9 839
incl. Noun classification ( 888 ), Tense-Aspect-Mood ( 1 683 ), Negation ( 176 )
Sociolinguistics ............................................................................................. 5 734
incl. Language planning/politics ( 1 089 )
Education, pedagogics..................................................................................... 1 983
Antropology, ethnography............................................................................... 15 766
Literature, proverbs, fables, mythology .......................................................... 4 653
History & Archaeology ................................................................................... 6 658
Theses, dissertations ........................................................................................ 5 278
Conference proceedings .................................................................................. 491
Festschrifts....................................................................................................... 104
Travelogues ..................................................................................................... 3 698
Bibliographies ................................................................................................. 1 357
Table 3. Some more EBALL statistics, as of June 2009.
The figures in tables 1-3 give an overview of the internal demographics of EBALL.
They do not represent anything else, nor should they be interpreted as anything else.
EBALLs coverage, though comprehensive, displays an uneven density across the
African continent. This is largely explained by actual research traditions, but to some
extent also by the current bibliographers personal interests and/or ignorance. Thus
while entries relating to Bantu languages are fairly many, West and North African
languages are less comprehensively covered, at least at present.
1.2 What follows below
Part II, which follows next, contains a few pointers on how to perform optimal
searches in EBALL. Specifically, it explains the principled behind EBALLs search
code (indexing) system.
Part III comprises a bibliographers guide to EBALL. It explains principles and
methods used in entering data into the EBALL database. Besides being a manual for
anyone working with EBALL, it can indirectly also be used as an extended search
tool. By understanding how the data is structured, free text searches can be performed
more optimally. At the end, there are also some brief pointers for those who wish to
make printouts from EBALL.
Part IV contains thematic lists of all search codes. It is meant to be used as a
reference when performing searches in EBALL, as well as working tool for anyone
indexing entries in EBALL.
PART II
SEARCHING EBALL
Any search operation results in a recall. The most optimal recalls are achieved by
taking advantage of EBALLs system of search codes. Free text searches, be they
field-specific or not, are also possible but generally produce less optimal recalls.
There are several ways to measure the successfulness of a recall.
5
The degree of
relevance is the ratio between relevant and non-relevant entries contained in any
given recall, as judged according to some hypothetical consensus. The degree of
exhaustiveness is the ratio between found and missed relevant entries in any given
recall, as judged according to some hypothetical consensus. Both of these ratios are
highly important for any academically useful bibliography, even though they are
impossible to satisfy without subjective evaluations. In theory, if not in practice,
EBALL strives towards producing recalls that are relevant (i.e. consisting only
relevant entries) as well as exhaustive (i.e. consisting all relevant entries).
2.1 Searching EBALL using search codes
All bibliographical entries have been indexed with search codes (or simply codes).
Each search code signifies an index value (or code value). For instance, the codes
lng, alg and sss signify the index values linguistics, Algeria and social study
of science, respectively.
6
There are three sets of index values with corresponding
sets of search codes, viz. the language codes, the areal codes, and the general content
codes. These are discusses separately below.
The system of index values is meant to be featural, not hierarchical. In the main, it is
an unstructured system, even though some natural hierarchies among the values do
exist. For instance, an entry that is coded for phonology (search code phn) will
automatically also be coded for linguistics (search code lng), since the former is a
natural subcategory of the latter, while the reverse is not true.
Thematic lists of all search codes can be found in part IV.
5
For more elaborate discussions on these issues, see Foskett (1996:12-32, passim).
6
The search codes are not case-sensitive.
2.1.1 THE LANGUAGE CODES (SET 1)
All major African language groupings as well as most individual languages have
been provided with unique search codes. These language codes have been speci-
fically tailor-made for bibliographical purposes. In fact, their sole reason for
existence is to simplify search operations and enhance the success of recalls. Single
codes are intended to retrieve all relevant entries related to either individual
languages or language groupings.
All language codes consist of a letter followed by a dot (period), which in turn is
followed by two or more digits; for example, h.16, which stands for Kikongo, and
y.351, which stands for Portuguese.
The digits following the initial letter signify major branches, subgroupings, as well as
individual languages. In the code x.211 the string x. signifies Afroasiatic, x.2
signifies Semitic, while x.211 signifies Arabic (in general). Additional letters are
occasionally used for further specification; thus x.211a signifies Classical Arabic,
x.211b signifies (Modern) Standard Arabic, x.211c Hassaniyya Arabic,
x.211d Magreb Arabic, and so on.
EBALLs system of language codes is an extension of Malcolm Guthries (1948,
1971) classification of the Bantu languages, in which individual Bantu languages are
grouped into 15 larger geographical zones signified by letters a. to s. (with a few
omissions), and further subgrouped into various minor local groups. In EBALL,
Bantu languages have been coded according to an updated version of Guthries
classification, utilising search codes beginning with the letters a. through s.. The
rest of the alphabet, i.e. letters t. through z., are used for non-Bantu languages.
a. to s. Bantu languages
t. Benue-Congo languages, excl. Bantu
u. Niger-Congo languages, excl. Benue-Congo
v. Nilosaharan languages
w. Khoesan languages
x. Afroasiatic languages
y. unclassified languages, miscellaneous other languages
z. restructured languages, pidgins/creoles, artificial languages
Exhaustive lists of all language codes can be found in part IV.1 below.
7
The dot (the period) in the language codes is very important. When searching for
all, say, Khoesan-related references, the proper search code is w., not w. If a
search is performed for w alone (without the dot), the recall will comprise all refe-
rences coded with search codes containing the letter w, such as wsh (Western
Sahara), waf (Western Africa), and so on. Hence the dot must always be present
as it is a unique language code identifier.
7
The taxonomic structure underlying the code system is not intended as a linguistic-genetic
statement, even though it is largely based on historical classifications suggested in the published
literature. EBALLs code system is meant to be practical and, more specifically, it is meant to be
implementable now, at once, not at some hypothetical future time when solid historical
classifications may or may not be in existence.
If a search fails, using a truncated language code may help. Some EBALL entries
have been coded with more generic codes than expected, e.g. u.290 instead of
u.292. This concerns, in particular, EBALL entries where the content of the biblio-
graphical item in question has been difficult to assess. If any given search yields
either an unexpectedly low recall or even a zero-recall, it could be worth trying a new
search with a more generic language code. This is done by simply deleting the last
digit in the search code. For instance, the truncated code u.61 might produce a
better recall than the more specific u.611.
2.1.2 THE AREAL CODES (SET 2)
The areal codes refer to geographical entities, e.g. countries like Algeria, larger
regions like North-eastern Africa and Sub-Saharan Africa, and even the whole
continent, i.e. Africa.
All areal codes consist of three letters, such as alg for Algeria, tgo for Togo,
and so on. The codes are meant to be mnemonic, and their forms usually derive from
the English names of the geographical areas in question. Specifically, the search code
consists of the first letter plus any two following consonants. Thus Morocco has
produced the search code mrc, Tanzania has produced tnz, and so on.
There are a few exceptions, however. As both Zambia and Zimbabwe, following
the first-letter-plus-next-two-consonants-principle, would appear with the same code,
one of them has been given an irregular code. While Zambia has been give the
expected code zmb, Zimbabwe appears with an irregular code as zbw.
Multi-word phrases usually generate codes based on the initial letters from several or
all phrase constituents, e.g. Northern Africa is naf, Western Africa is waf,
Eastern Africa is eaf, Southern Africa is saf, Sub-Saharan Africa is ssa, etc.
A complete list of areal codes can be found in part IV.2 below.
2.1.3 THE GENERAL CONTENT CODES OR THE REST (SET 3)
This is a lump category consisting of codes referring to anything not covered by sets
1 (language) and 2 (area). In one way or other, set 3 codes characterise the contents
of the bibliographical item in question, for instance, in terms of subject matter dealt
with (grammar, tonology, history, biography, etc.) and/or type of item (thesis, fest-
schrift, proceedings, film, etc.).
The general content codes are constructed in the same way as the areal codes, i.e.
they comprise of three letters which usually derive from the code values first letter
plus any two following consonants. Thus linguistics is lng, grammar is grm,
phonology/phonetics is phn, and so on.
A full list of general content codes can be found in part IV.3 below.
2.2 The usefulness of the search codes
The code system displays a few idiosyncracies and is certainly not perfect, but it has
proven itself useful in several ways. Its main strength lies in the fact that it is quick
and easy to use for an indexer and that it minimises the need for multiple searches.
Anything dealing with, say, Namibia, can be easily found by using the single search
code nmb, which (barring any faulty indexing) gives a recall containing all
Namibia-related entries. A free-text search, on the other hand, would require several
search operations involving several strings such as namibia, namibi, namibi,
south west africa, sdwestafrika, sdwest-afrika, suidwesafrika, s.w.a., etc.
In addition, some/many Namibia-related entries do not include the name of the
country itself, perhaps only the name of a region, town, historical person, people, etc.
This makes free text searches selective and unreliable.
Even though EBALLs indexing system has been fairly consistenly implemented and
hence also works relatively well, the search codes do not give definite answers to all
searches. Some of the limitations are important to keep in mind.
Firstly, the indexing of entries in EBALL has largely been a heuristic process. This
means, among other things, that the system of index values has been and still is in a
continual flux. In particular, their number tend to increase as time goes by. When
new index values are introduced, some/many of the old entries need to be re-indexed
retroactively. Unfortunately, this has not always been performed to an extent that
might have been ideal. This concerns in particular the general content codes (set 3).
Secondly, the coding of any given entry may be faulty due to a number of factors,
usually ignorance on the part of the bibliographer and/or indexer. Much of the data in
EBALL derives from secondary sources such as library inventories, publishers
catalogues, specialised bibliographies of various kinds, and so on. This means that
much of the indexing has been dependent on the interpretation of titles. Hence details
regarding the contents of the corresponding bibliographical items have not always
been easy to determine. This is obviously not an ideal working process, but it is a
necessary and also, unfortunately, an unavoidable one. Consequently, some entries
either lack relevant search codes, contain erroneous search codes, or both.
From an impressionistic point of view, there ought to be few erroneously coded
entries, meaning that searches for Hausa-related entries will generate a recall filled
with Hausa-related entries and few, if any, !Kung- or even Amharic-related ones
(except where there is a genuine overlap in coverage). The number of references that
are missed, on the other hand, due to the lack of a relevant code, is difficult to
estimate, but seems (again, impressionistically) to be low.
8
Worth repeating is the fact that EBALL is a work in progress. This applies not only
to the bibliographical information stored in EBALL but also to the quality and
structure of EBALLs indexing system.
8
In statistical terms, these two measures are also known as specificity and sensitivity, The
former is a measure of correctly recalled items (100% = all recalled items are correct), while the
latter is, roughly speaking, a measure of missed items (100% = no missed items).
PART III
WORKING WITH EBALL
EBALLs sole purpose is to collect bibliographical information, and to do so as
exhaustively and accurately as possible. Collecting bibliographical data consumes
both time and energy, but equally time-consuming is the maintaining and correcting
of reference details. Both activities require equal amounts of attention and
judiciousness.
One of the ways to assure that the bibliographical information is correct is to follow
strict principles when entering data into the database. The aim of the present part is to
describe such principles. Using consistent principles when entering data into EBALL,
or any bibliographical database, is highly important. For instance, it minimises the
amount of duplicate entries (as well as many other types of errors). It also greatly
increases the successfulness of recalls when searching for information.
3.1 Finding good sources
The data in EBALL derives from a variety of sources, e.g. library catalogues,
specialised bibliographies, reference lists in publications, personal communications,
and so on.
The best sources, by far, are various types of library catalogues, such as union
catalogues, acquisitions catalogues, and so on. Web-accessible ones are especially
indispensable since they normally come with useful search options. Library
catalogues typically contain important and highly accurate reference details,
especially for books and manuscripts, as well as information on library holdings.
Electronic library catalogues are thus also good for verifying and checking
bibliographical information received from elsewhere.
Specialised bibliographies (including accumulative journal indexes) are normally
good to use, but their coverage is usually very restricted. They do, however, often
contain many obscure items that would otherwise be difficult to find. When they are
compiled by experts in the field(s) covered by the bibliography (which they often
are), they are also usually very reliable.
Personal communication with scholars is also usually good, especially if one wants to
collect information on personal bibliographies and/or private library holdings.
However, it is too time-consuming and impractical to be of use as a general method
of data collecting.
The quality and reliability of reference lists in published books and articles range
from excellent to dismal. They are often highly error-prone. They contain many
mistakes, misspellings, duplicate items, insufficient (missing or non-disambiguating)
information, and so on. When looking for bibliographical information in a new sub-
discipline, of which a bibliographer may have little or no pre-knowledge, reference
lists may provide a starting point, but their accuracy cannot be taken for granted even
when produced by experts. The bibliographical standards are not very good in
African linguistics.
Comparing data in several sources is not only good but necessary. If a visual
inspection of any given bibliographical item cannot be performed, then verifying data
by looking in several sources is imperative. It should be noted, however, that it is not
is unusual for several sources to agree on details that are erroneous, as mistakes are
sometimes perpetuated by being copied from one bibliography to another.
3.2 Entering data into EBALL
There are many principles or rules of thumb that are important to keep in mind when
working with EBALL. It is important that data is entered consistently, as this greatly
simplifies searching, reduces errors, and minimises the amount of duplicate entries.
3.2.1 A HANDFUL PRELIMINARIES
EBALL is compiled with a commercial bibliography programme called EndNote.
The currently utilised version is 3.1, even though much later versions exist on the
market. The main reason for preferring this early version, is that later versions,
despite all their bells and whistles, are sluggish and slow, and therefore frustrating to
work with. Whenever a new version of EndNote is as lightning fast as version 3.1,
EBALL will update to that. Moreover, EBALL does not use all the default settings of
EndNote. These deviations are explained and discussed in detail below.
3.2.1.1 The working language of EBALL
The working language of EBALL is English. This means, for instance, that all
annotations are written in English and that many non-English titles, where necessary,
are appended with English translations.
However, the fact that English is the working language of EBALL is only a rule of
thumb, not any categorical imperative. Other languages than English are used in
certain fields. This especially concerns information like Troisime dition, Toleo
la pili (= Swahili for Second edition), etc. Further details about the use of other
languages than english are given in the discussions of individual fields (see 3.2.3).
English as a default working language also has implications for those who want to
make printouts, which is dealt with further below (see 3.4).
3.2.1.2 What deserves an entry in EBALL?
Each entry in EBALL corresponds to a present, past or hypothetical bibliographical
item. Bibliographical items, in turn, are physical forms of recorded information, such
as books, articles, dissertations, manuscripts, tapes, CD-ROMs, films, whatever.
Ideally, all bibliographical items referred to in EBALL should be accessible. In other
words, they should, in one way or other, be available for inspection. However, while
most bibliographical items are indeed accessible (with or without difficulties), some
may not be. For example, the medieval Arab scholar al-Idrs is believed to have
written a (second) geographical work towards the turn of the twelfth century titled
Rawd al-uns wa nuzhat al-nafs. However, no extant copies are known, and it is not
even sure that he wrote a second such work (see entry on al-Idrs in Encyclopaedia
of Islam, new ed.). Despite being (to the best of our knowledge) completely
inaccessible, it nonetheless constitutes a bibliographical item as far as EBALL is
concerned, and therefore it also has an entry in EBALL.
While the first edition of any given published work is normally given an entry in
EBALL, subsequent editions and printings may or may not. In principle, separate
entries are given only to those printings/editions of a work that involves substantial
changes relative to earlier printings/editions.
Reprints are normally not given entries of their own. These are instead mentioned
in the notes (annotations) field of the entry referring to the original publication.
Sometimes plain reprints carry the label New edition; presumbaly this is done for
commercial reasons. These are not given separate entries in EBALL. Instead, they are
treated for what they are, that is, reprints. Occasionally genuine reprints are
supplemented with extra material such as biographical and/or historiographical
introductions, critical commentaries, and whatever else. Such reprints are usually
listed in separate entries in EBALL.
Sometimes it is not possible to make sure if, say, two identically-titled journal articles
by one and the same author are also identical in contents. In such cases, they may be
listed in separate entries, and perhaps merged at a later date.
Theses and dissertations that undergo major revision before publication are entered
in two separate entries, i.e. as an unpublished thesis as well as a published book, as
these can be seen as two different editions of one and the same work. When a thesis
is published without any major revision, it is normally the published version that gets
an entry, while details about the unpublished thesis (date, university, degree) is given
in the annotations to that entry.
Manuscripts, drafts, works-in-progress, conference handouts are rarely entered
into EBALL, though exceptions are plenty. The main rule of thumb is accessibility.
Anything listed in EBALL should be available for inspection, at least ideally. While
widely circulated drafts may be entered, non-circulated drafts are normally not.
What appears in unique entries, and what does not, is ultimately an idiosyncratic
judgement made by whoever is the bibliographer.
EBALL
Journal Article
(= EndNotes
Journal Article)
Book
(= EndNotes Book)
Book Section
(= EndNotes
Book Section)
Edited Book
(= EndNotes
Edited Book)
Author Author Author Editor
Year Year Year Year
Title Title Title Title
Editor(s)
Journal Series Title Book Title Series Title
City/Publisher City City City
Series/Edit Info Publisher Publisher Publisher
Volume Volume(s) Volume Volume(s)
Issue, Date
Pages Pages Pages Pages
Series Title Series Title
Theme issue Edit Info Edit Info Book Edit Info
ISBN ISBN
Peripheralia Peripheralia Peripheralia Peripheralia
Keywords Keywords Keywords Keywords
Notes Notes Notes Notes
URL URL URL URL
Table 4. Reference types and fields used in EBALL.
Only reference types and fields listed in table 4 are used in EBALL. (Note that indicates
non-used fields in any given reference type.) Underlined fields have been specially customised
for EBALL and deviate significantly from EndNotes default. They are explained in the text.
3.2.1.3 EBALLs reference types
EndNote offers several pre-defined reference types (e.g. Journal Article, Book,
Thesis, etc.). In EBALL, only a handful of these are utilised, in particular, Journal
article, Book, Book section, Edited book, Unpublished,
9
Computer
Program, and Map. Some of these have slightly specialised definitions in EBALL,
which is explained further below. This may not seem like a sophisticated solution,
but it is a practical one. There is, for instance, no point in distinguishing journal
articles from magazine and newspaper articles. In EBALL, these all appear as journal
articles.
Moreover, many of the pre-defined fields offered by EndNote have been not been
used in EBALL; only a subset.
10
Moreover, the ones that are used include a few that
9
Note that EBALLs Unpublished is a redefinition of EndNotes Thesis, which means that
all unpublished materials appear as theses in non-customised versions of EndNote, at least up to and
including EndNote 5. It may correspond to something else in later versions.
10
For optimal screen utilisation, unused fields can be deleted, as otherwise there will be an
annoying amount of empty fields cluttering the screen any time an EBALL entry is accessed. (This
pertains only to those, of course, who do not intend to use EndNote for anything besides EBALL.)
ENDNOTE
Unpublished
(= EndNotes Thesis)
Comp. Program
(= EndNotes
Computer Program)
Map
(= EndNotes Map)
Corresponding fields
in EndNotes Generic
reference type
Author Creator Cartographer %A = Author
Year Year Year %D = Year
Title Title Title %T = Title
%E = Sec. Author
Collection %B = Sec. Title
City City City %C = Place
Institution Publisher Publisher %I = Publisher
Volume(s) %V = Volume
%6 = Number
Pages %P = Pages
%S = Tert. Title
Edit Info Edit Info Edit Info %7 = Edition
ISBN ISBN ISBN %@ = ISBN/ISSN
Peripheralia Peripheralia Peripheralia %3 = Custom 3
Keywords Keywords Keywords %K = Keywords
Notes Notes Notes %O = Notes
URL URL URL %U = URL
(Table 4 cont.)
have been re-defined and customised. Table 4 gives an overview of the reference
types and fields used in EBALL, as well as some of the customised changes. The
fields that are underlined in table 4 and given special attention in in the text.
3.2.1.4 Abbreviations, initialisms and acronyms
In general, abbreviations and acronyms are avoided, unless they appear in actual
titles. Names of publishers and serials are not abbreviated, though some abbreviations
may appear in their names.
However, a few common words and phrases can be abbreviated. Acceptable abbre-
viations include, for instance, pt. for part(s), partie(s), parte(s), etc., v. for
volume, volume, etc., vols for its plural counterpart, n. for number, numero,
Nummer, etc., p. or pp for pages (irrespective of language), Ltd for Limited (in
corporate names), Co. for Company (in corporate names), H.M. for His/Her
Majesty, ISBN for International Standard Book Number.
In a few entries, the author field contains an abbreviated corporate name, such as SIL,
TUKI, UNESCO, UNIN, etc. In such entries, the full spelled-out name appears in the
publisher field. (See more on corporate names further below.)
Other acceptable abbreviations occur in connection with certain publishers names,
and are discussed further below (under comments for the publishers field).
Publishers and journals commonly referred to with acronyms (e.g. SOAS, JALL,
SUGIA) are spelt out and entered in their full form. In need be, any abbreviation or
acronym is added in parentheses.
Agence de Coopration Culturelle et Technique (ACCT)
Inst. de Investigao Cientfica Tropical (IICT)
Journal of the Linguistic Association of Nigeria (JOLAN)
Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA)
In some cases, the reverse strategy has been chosen. That is, a widely used acronym
is appended with a parenthesised full name.
AVT (Algemene Vereniging voor Taalwetenschap) Publications
Bull. de lIFAN (Inst. Fondamentale de lAfrique Noire)
Cahiers de linguistique de lUQAM (Univ. du Qubec Montral)
UNISWA (Univ. of Swaziland) research journal
A small number of exceptions do exist, however. In particular, serial titles containing
UNESCO have typically been left unexplained.
The UNESCO courier
UNESCO educational studies and documents
The terms list for journal and serial titles include all necessary details about which
serial names to spell out and those few that need not be. The main rule of thumb is
consistency, meaning that one and the same title should always be entered in a
consistent way.
A small number of unexplained abbreviations will always be unavoidable since
sufficient explanatory data has not always been available. There are also a few cases
where a former abbreviation or acronym has subsequently become the actual name of
an institution, publisher, etc., as in the case with SIL International. SIL used to be
an acronym standing for Summer Institute of Linguistics, but is no longer used as
such. Instead, SIL has become the actual name.
11
3.2.1.5 The use of periods in acronyms, abbreviations and initials
As a general rule, acronyms and abbreviations are written without periods, while
initials are always written with periods.
Hence UNESCO is written UNESCO, not U.N.E.S.C.O.. This applies also to
abbreviated names of nations and states, e.g. MA (not Mass.), UK (not U.K.),
USSR (not U.S.S.R.), etc., as well as abbreviated names of degrees/theses, e.g. MA
(not M.A.), PhD (not Ph.D.), and so on.
11
Cfr SILs website at www.sil.org.
Periods are used with all initials, be they personal names or publishers names, e.g.
J.L. van Schaik. Periods are also used with a handful common abbreviations such
as Co. and H.M. (= His/Her Majesty).
When two initials stand next to each other, the space is deleted. Hence the initials in
the publisher name J.C. Juta are written J.C. without a space, not J. C..
3.2.1.6 Special characters and formatting
As a general rule, all text is entered in ASCII form. This means that strings of texts
are stripped of strange diacritics, characters and formatting. Ligatures such ,
are written ae, Ae, and so on. Texts originally written in non-Roman scripts (Greek,
Cyrillic, Chinese, etc.) are Romanised and/or simplified. Where necessary, specifi-
cations about strange scripts, characters and formatting are made in the notes field.
One notable exception to the above concerns the so-called click signs (e.g. /, //, ,
!), common in some southern African languages. These are not Romanised. For
indexing purposes, they are treated as additions to the standard Roman alphabet and
hence alphabetised separately, specifically at the beginning of an index.
In general, all text entered into EBALL is stripped of any formatting, e.g. italics and
bold-print. The only exception is the occasional occurrence of underlining, which is
used to simulate italics. The main reason for this is that italics looks bad on a screen.
At least for the current bibliographer, underlining is less stressing for the eyes when
working with a computer screen for long hours. When compiling bibliographies by
exporting data from EBALL to a word processor, underlining can easily be
search/replaced for italics. (The use of underlining is discussed where appropriate
below.)
3.2.2 GENERAL COMMENTS ON REFERENCE TYPES
The following paragraphs contain general comments on the reference types that are
used in EBALL. EndNote provides many more than the below, but only the ones
mentioned here are used in EBALL.
Note also that many of the comments in the next section (about individual fields) may
also be relevant for specific reference types.
3.2.2.1 Journal article
The reference type Journal article is used for journal articles, magazine articles,
newspaper articles, and most encyclopaedia articles. The common denominator for
these is that neither a specific publisher nor an editor needs to be noted.
There are several instances of customisation with regard to journal article entries in
EBALL, all of which are discussed further below. For instance, one of EndNotes
original fields (Publisher) has been given a new name and definition (Series/Edit
info).
3.2.2.2 Book & Edited book
The reference types Book and Edited book are used for books, pamphlets,
essays, reports, etc., as long as they can be considered properly published. Usually
this entails having a specific ISBN number.
While different editions of the same work are customarily given separate entries,
reprints are not unless there is some specific reason to do so (such as a reprint with
commentary, new supplements, or the like).
3.2.2.3 Book section
The reference type Book section is used for chapters in books, including most
encyclopaedia articles, especially when it is important (for whatever reason) to
specify an editor and/or publisher. Otherwise, encyclopaedia articles can be entered
as journal articles.
Occasionally a supplement to a given book is written by someone else than the author
of the book itself. These are entered as book sections. Technically, they are thus
treated as if they had been chapters in an anthology. This has the unfortunate effect of
making the books author appear as an editor. The word supplement, appendix,
or equivalent, may be added into the title field.
3.2.2.4 Unpublished
The reference type Unpublished is used for anything unpublished. This is arguably
a wide assortment of works, and includes theses and dissertations as well as
manuscripts, drafts, conference handouts, unpublished government reports, etc.
12
3.2.2.5 Computer program
The reference type Computer program is used for computer programs as well as
CD-ROMs and other multimedia products (inclusing films and movies).
13
It makes
no difference for EBALL if the product is published or not. Hence the would-be
publisher field has been re-named institution instead.
3.2.2.6 Map
The reference type Map is used for loose fold-out maps only. Atlases, map books
or maps that appear as supplements to books are entered as either Book or Book
section.
12
Note that in EBALL, anything with an ISBN is regarded as published and therefore entered as
a book, rather than unpublished. This applies also to dissertations with ISBNs.
13
EndNote has a ready-made reference type for multimedia prodcuts, but this is ignored in
EBALL, for the sake of simplicity.
3.2.3 COMMENTS ON SPECIFIC FIELDS
In the present section, the comments on specific fields apply to all reference types
alike unless stated otherwise.
3.2.3.1 Author, Editor, Creator, Cartographer, etc.
Names of authors and editors are entered in the order [ family_name, given_name ].
Abbink, Jon
Multiple authors are listed on separate lines in the order they are given on the
bibliographical item itself.
Vossen, Rainer
Keuthmann, Klaus
If all authors/editors are not known, the word others is entered on the last line.
Ajulo, Sunday Babalola
others
The Latinate et al. is never used.
One person, one name. In EBALL, any given individual (author, editor, etc.) is
always referred to with one single, consistent name form, irrespective of how his/her
name may or may not appear on actual publications. For instance, while the
initialised form A.D. Smith may appear on one publication, another publication by
the same author may say Arthur Donaldson Smith. In EBALL, only one of these
forms in used, preferably the one with the least amount of initials.
The same principle applies also to individuals who, for whatever reason, chose to
change their name (or spelling thereof) at some point in their lives, e.g. due to
marriage, religious conversion, or something else.
Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]
Harford [Perez], Carolyn
Some authors are regularly known by a pseudonym rather than their birth names. In
such cases, the real name (if known) has been added in parentheses.
Mhlbach, Luise (Klara Mundt)
Pasha, Emin (Eduard Schnitzer)
In order to simplify the finding of preferred name forms, EBALLs terms list for
author and editor names contains a multitude of referral items such as the following:
Aboubakar = Abubakar, Abdulhamid
Angenot = Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]
Delacour = Smith-Delacour, E.W.
George, Isaac = Madugu, Isaac S. George
Mundt, Klara = Mhlbach, Luise (Klara Mundt)
Perez = Harford [Perez], Carolyn
Schnitzer, Eduard = Pasha, Emin (Eduard Schnitzer)
Sparrman, Andrew = Sparrman, Anders
Warnlof = Wrnlf, Christofer
It is advisable to always pick author/editor names from the designated terms list,
instead of typing it in. (When a name is missing, it is simply added to the list for
future reference.)
There should be no exceptions to the one-person-one-name principle. By sticking to
the one-person-one-name principle, it is generally possible to keep the duplication of
entries at a minimum. It also greatly facilitates the searching of works by any given
author/editor.
Family names, last names, given names, first names, and their syntax. In the
West, personal names are usually written in the order [ given_name family_name ]
without a comma, or, with a comma, [ family_name, given_name ]. This standard is
obviously not universal. Chinese names, for instance, are normally written in the
order [ family_name given_name ] without a comma. In EBALL, names are by
default entered in a European syntax. This is due to a quirk of the EndNote program
itself, which sorts the bibliographical entries according to whatever name it interprets
as a family name, which amounts to the last constituent in a string of several names
or, if there is a comma, every constituent that precedes the comma. This means that
names that are normally written in the order [ family_name given_name ] will need
an extra comma, since otherwise they would be sorted according to the given name.
Hence Chinese (and a few other) names are entered into EBALL as follows:
Chen, Su-I
Cheng, Chin-Chuan
Cheng, Lisa
An alternative solution is to append the entire name with a comma, which has the
effect of treating the whole name as a single unit.
Ibn Battta,
14
Zheng He,
In EBALL, this is used only for names of historical persons.
It is not always self-evident from a string of names which part is to be regarded as a
family name. That this is a problem is evident from the fact that some/many authors
are confusingly referred to by either constituent of their full names. This concerns, in
particular, Ethiopian names which normally lack family names altogether (cfr
Kebreab 2007). For instance, the Ethiopian author Aklilu Yilma can be found listed
in bibliographies as Aklilu, Yilma as well as Yilma, Aklilu. This variation may
even occur in publications by the author him/herself (cfr the reference lists in Aklilu
2001 and Aklilu & Siebert 2002).
The order used on actual publications are not always helpful as editors/publishers can
chose to override individual authors preferences, or be ignorant about them. The
authors themselves may even chose to write their names differently at different times.
As far as EBALL is concerned, it is not an absolute imperative to be correct about the
order of names. As long as one and the same individual consistently appears with a
single name form, changes and corrections are easily performed at any stage.
In principle, all names are entered into EBALL following the European standard, i.e.
[ family_name, given_name ] (note the comma). This means that some names (e.g.
Chinese and Ethiopian ones) have to be re-interpreted in order to fit this paradigm.
14
Note that the terminal comma is automatically deleted in printouts.
Potentially problematic names are accompanied by referral items in the appropriate
terms list, such as:
Yilma = Aklilu, Yilma
Names normally written in non-Roman scripts (e.g. Arabic, Amharic, Cyrillic,
Japanese, Chinese) need to be entered in romanised forms. It is not necessary to stick
to one universal transliteration principle for all names, as long as the name of any
given individual is entered in a consistent way. The terms list for authors/editors
include frequent help for choosing preferred forms:
Cheng = Zheng He,
Oxotina = Okhotina, Natalya Veniaminovna
Zholkovsky = Zolkovskij, Alexandr Konstantinovich
These may, of course, be changed at any time.
Medieval Arab names. The names of medieval Arabs are entered in their common
short forms, as they appear in the second edition of Encyclopaedia of Islam.
15
Al-Idrs,
Al-Yaqb,
Ibn Battta,
Ibn Hawqal,
Thus Ibn Battta is found in EBALL as Ibn Battta, not as Shams al-Dn Ab
Abd Allh Muhammad ibn Abd Allh ibn Muhammad Ibrhm ibn Muhammad ibn
Ibrhm ibn Ysuf al-Lawt al-Tandj ibn Battta.
Initials are to be avoided. First or given names are written in full. Initials should
thus always be spelled out, even if they are not so on actual publications.
Kunene, Euphrasia Constantine Lwandle
Turvey, Basil Henry Capes
Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van
If initials must be used, these are dotted and written without any spaces.
Bache, P.-E.
Gabatshwane, S.M.
Jackson, A.O.
Taha, T.A.M.
If neither the full first/given name(s) nor any initial(s) are known, a square-bracketed
question mark is used instead.
Franois, [?] von
Lorch, [?]
Roquette, [?] de la
Complex family (last) names. In general, complex family names are alphabetised
according to the last item.
Almeida, Maria Emlia de Castro e
Thus Maria Emlia de Castro e Almeida is alphabetised as Almeida, not Castro e
Almeida. Exceptions are many, however, especially where hyphenated last names
15
In EBALL, Al-commencing (medieval) Arab names such as Al-Idrs are alphabetised
under Al, not Idrs. In Encyclopaedia of Islam, they are alphabetised under the name proper, in
this case Idrs.
are concerned and where any given author is regularly known by a compound last
name.
Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther
All exceptions are accompanied by referral items in the terms list for authors/editors.
Dakubu = Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther
Lojenga = Kutsch Lojenga, Connie [Constance]
Szlenk = Kraska-Szlenk, Iwona
In cases of uncertainty, it is always advisable to alphabetise according to the last
constituent of a complex last name.
Prepositions and other small items. Last names that contain prepositions, conjunc-
tions, articles, and other such little words, are alphabetised according to the name
proper.
Antonio, Philippe Terranuova d
Guennec-Copens, Franoise le
Waarden, Catrien van
Exceptions include names where the little word in question is, or at least seems to be,
a morphologically integral part of the name, or where the short form of a medieval
Arab name includes either Al or Ibn.
Al-Istakhri,
Delafosse, Maurice
Delaporte, Pacifique Henri
Ibn Khaldn,
Laporte, Joseph de [Abb]
As a general help, the appropriate terms list includes many relevant referral items.
Fosse = Delafosse, Maurice
Istakhri = Al-Istakhri,
Khaldun = Ibn Khaldn,
Porte = Delaporte, Pacifique Henri
Porte = Laporte, Joseph de [Abb]
Titles. Some authors, especially in older literature, are often referred to with titles,
e.g. Rverend Pre G. Hulstaert, Captain Stigand, and so on. Titles are included
in square brackets as the last item(s) of the whole name. Abbreviations are acceptable
here.
Cameron, Vernon Lovett [Lieut.]
Crowther, Samuel Ajayi [Bishop]
Hulstaert, Gustaaf [R.P.]
Oyler, D.S. [Mrs]
Petherick, John [Consul]
Pfeil, Joachim von [Graf]
Stigand, Chauncey Hugh [Maj.]
Ttles ought to be used sparingly, preferably only when a given name (or its initials) is
not available.
Otto, [Brother]
Pierce, [Prof.]
(Note that, when a title is used, the square-bracketed question mark standing for a
missing first name or initial is omitted; see above.)
The inclusion of titles has not been consistent in EBALL. While many (especially
nineteenth-century) authors appear with titles, most do not, even though rules of
consistency would dictate otherwise.
Anonymous works. If an author/editor name is not available, the reference is listed
as an anonymous work.
[Anon.]
Note the obligatory use of square brackets in [Anon.].
Occasionally, the hidden authors of anonymous works are in fact known, in which
case the work in question is credited to the known author(s), irrespective of whether
or not any personal names appear on the actual bibliographical item. However, a
comment like Published without authors name should then be added in the
annotations or notes field.
Corporate or institutional authors are normally abbreviated and enclosed in square
brackets.
16
[BAKITA]
[CEEBA]
[SIL]
[TUKI]
[UNESCO]
[UNFPA]
[UNIN]
The full name is then entered into the publisher field. In general, however, corporate
authors should be avoided. Instead, such references should be entered as anonymous
works.
Translators and editors. Translators and/or editors are never entered as main names
if an author or original compiler is available. For instance, while the English
translation of Vetrallas Congo grammar of 1659 is sometimes credited to the editor,
H. Grattan Guiness, it appears in EBALL under the name of its original author,
Hiacinto Brusciotto de Vetralla. Similarly, H.A.R. Gibbs English translation of Ibn
Batttas 1358-travelogue is sometimes credited to Gibb, while in EBALL it is
credited to Ibn Battta.
3.2.3.2 Year
The insertion of dates of publication (years) is fairly straightforward and need only a
few comments.
Date ranges and multiple dates (in the case of, for instance, multi-volume works) are
usually entered with slashes, e.g. 1919/22 (= 1919-1922) and 1669/1916. In
cases where the centuries match (as in the first example), the digits for centuries need
not be repeated in the second date. Hyphens may be used if the work in question has
been published in several instalments over a longer range of years, e.g. 1919-1947.
When in doubt, use a slash.
16
The reason for the square brackets is simply to make sure that all entries with corporate
authors appear in the same place in the bibliography when alphabetised.
Usually reprinted books are dated with their original publication dates, the major
exceptions being reprints in which the content has been revised or modified in some
significant way, for instance, by added commentaries or lengthy introductions.
Occasionally, a double-date consisting of the original date and the reprint date can be
used. For example, a publication titled Reports from select committees on petitions of
the court of directors of the Sierra Leone Company and the Company of Merchants
trading to Africa comprises official documents dating from 1804-1817. The publi-
cation in which they are included, however, dates from 1968. The latter date (i.e. the
technically correct publication date) would seem inappropriate since all the texts
included in the publication date from the early nineteenth century. Hence in EBALL,
the date has been entered as 1804-1817/1968.
1804-1817/1968
Dates preceding the year 1000 are entered with up to three prefixed 0s (zeroes),
e.g. 0990, not 990. Thus the date is always composed of (at least) four digits.
0840s
0990
0947/56
Dates preceding the year 0 are entered as 0000 (four zeroes). This is due to the
fact that EndNote cannot recognise negative dates. This concerns, for instance,
Herodotuss Istoria, for which the date 420 BC would be closer to the actual date of
composition. In cases like these, the correct date is instead given in the notes field.
Uncertain or unknown dates are specified as far as possible. Lower case xs are
used to replace digits not known.
1xxx
188x
19xx
200x
Other variants can also be used, though should be so sparingly.
1270s
1988?
3.2.3.3 Title
Titles are normally entered as they appear on the bibliographical items. Hence they
may contain any number of obscure and obsolete spellings, typographical errors, etc.
However, there are a handful exceptions to this professed faithfullness. Most non-
ASCII characters are ASCII:ised. This also means ignoring most text-formatting such
as italics, bold face, etc. The only text formatting that is used in the title field is
underlining, which is used instead of italics.
The tone of the conditional particle ka in Nama
The concept of pulaaku mirrored in Fulfulde proverbs of the Gombe dialect
Titles that appear in languages other than English, French, German, Spanish, Italian,
and Portuguese are appended with a translation in English. The original title and its
English translation are separated by an equal sign.
Kitb al-jughrfiy = The book of geography
Urefu wa irabu katika Kisumbwa = Vowel length in Kisumbwa
If the bibliographical item is a so-called letter-to-the-editors, or similar blurb-ish
contribution appearing in a specific section or department of a journal, the relevant
section heading may be added to the title field.
Letters to the editor: the spelling of Kenya
Correspondence to the editor: shouting and non-shouting languages
Individual parts in a series of journal articles are, whenever possible, distinguished by
their subtitles.
Linguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 1: Swahili
Linguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 2: Shambala
Linguistische Studien in Ostafrika, 3: Namwezi
If such subtitles are lacking, relevant details should then be added in square brackets.
A look at phonological aspects of concord in Xhosa [pt. 1]
A look at phonological aspects of concord in Xhosa [pt. 2]
The bibliographer can in fact add any comment to titles or journal articles (as well as
book sections) as long as the additions are enclosed by square brackets.
The early study of the Nilotic languages of the Sudan 1821-1900 [pt. 1;
translated by Paul E.H. Hair and Roland C. Stevenson]
The origin of Berber noun prefixes [translated by C.L. Patterson and T.F.
Mitchell]
Journal dun voyage de traite en Guine, Cayenne et aux Antilles fait par
Jean Barbot en 1678-1679 [prsent, publi, et annot par Gabriel Debien,
Marcel Delafosse, et Guy Thilmans]
Alternatively, such comments can be added into the notes field. The difference is that
when details are added in the title field, they will also appear in outtakes (unless the
notes field is included, which it seldom is).
A maps scale is normally entered into the title field in brackets (irrespective of
whether or not the scale is part of the actual title):
Carte routire et touristique 957: Cte dIvoire (1:800,000)
Nigeria (1:900,000)
Togo: carte routire et touristique (1:500,000)
(Alternatively, the scale may be entered into the edit info field.)
If a part of the title is lacking, the missing bits are represented by three dots in
square brackets, i.e. [...].
Chibemba note book: a short list of words [...] with an elementary grammar
of the language of the Awemba tribe of Northern Rhodesia
If a translation is known, but not the original-language version, then the translation is
preceded by three dots (representing the unknown original title) and an equal sign.
... = The classification of Russian and Swahili consonant phonemes
If the entire title is unknown, three dots only are used.
...
Missing titles should always be accompanied by annotations and explanations in the
notes field, e.g. Original title unknown, Written in Russian, and so on.
Sometimes manuscripts and drafts do not have any titles, in which case an ad hoc title
needs to be given to it, preferably one that is as descriptive as possible.
3.2.3.4 Edit info
The edit info field contains information about particulars regarding book editions,
such as 2nd edition, 3rd edition, and so on. The edit info field also contains
information about secondary contributors, translators, etc. It is, in fact, a very
heterogenous field, as the following examples show:
2nd edition
6th edition
New (2nd) edition, supplemented with a biographical sketch of the author by
J. Conder
Translated from the original Italian manuscript by Mrs J. Randolph Clay
Aus dem swedischen bersetzt von Christian Heinrich Groskurd, und
herausgegeben von Georg Forster
With a foreword by Joseph H. Greenberg
Faithfully translated from the French original
New and cheaper edition, thoroughly revised throughout
Ideally, the phrases are entered exactly as they appear on actual bibliographical items,
with perhaps some typographical modifications. (Note also that no period is used at
the end of the edit info field.)
Note that an uncustomised version of EndNote offers different fields for editors and
translators. This is ignored in EBALL. Instead, all relevant information pertaining to
the details of any given edition or translation is added into the edit info field. This
may sometimes create what appears to be cumbersome entries, but such occasions are
few, and spreading the information into several fields is unnecessary.
In the case of unpublished works, the edit info field contains information about type
of work, e.g. PhD thesis, DLitt thesis, Thse de doctorat de troisime cycle,
Manuscript, Typescript, Conference handout, etc.
In general, thesis degrees are entered in full, together with their common abbreviated
form, with the exception of degree titles involving Ph or Phil (Philosophy), Ed
(Education), Litt (Literature), BA (Bachelor of Arts), and MA (Master of
Arts), which are sufficiently universally used and understood in order not to require
being explained.
Diplme dtudes suprieures (DES)
DMiss (Doctor of Missiology) thesis
MArch (Master of Architecture) thesis
PhD thesis
Proefskrif (MEd)
Thse de diplme dtudes approfondies (DEA)
Note also that the exact name of any given degree (e.g. PhD vs DPhil) may differ
from one place (country, university) and time to another.
Manuscripts held by a library or archive usually have unique shelf, tag or reference
numbers. These, too, are entered into the edit info field, usually preceded by the tag
ref..
Author
Cory, Hans [Koritschoner]
Year
1939
Title
Glossary of Haya medical terms, Bukoba 1939: English-Haya & Kihaya-English
Institution
Hans Cory Collection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library
Pages
11, 13
Edit Info
Unpublished typescript, ref. EAF CORY 94
3.2.3.5 Edit info book (Book section)
The field named edit info book (in the reference type Book section) pertains to the
edited book, not to the book section. Hence any information in this field, e.g.
Second edition, applies to the whole book.
Corresponding information pertaining to the book section itself is included in the title
field, preferable in square brackets.
17
Author
Whiteley, Wilfred Howell
Year
1969
Title
Swahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog = Swahili: Tanzanias national language
Editor(s)
Svendsen, Knud Erik
Teisen, Merete
Book title
Tanzania vil selv: en samling artikler og taler
City
Kbenhavn
Publisher
Mellemfolkeligt Samvirke
Pages
122-131
Edit Info Book
2nd edition
17
See the discussion above about the title field in journal articles.
Hence in the above example, second edition refers to the whole book, not
necessarily a revised version of the chapter (book section). That information would
appear in the title field.
3.2.3.6 Journal (Journal article)
Names of journal and serials are entered in their contemporary phrasings. Thus
anachronisms are avoided (with four exceptions discussed further below). For
instance, references to articles appearing in the first volume of the journal commonly
known as Bantu studies should not be entered with that journal title but Bantu studies
and general South African anthropology, since that is the actual title on the earliest
issues. The shorter and more widely-known title appeared only later. (Even later the
journal changed name to African studies.)
As a bibliographers aid, the terms list for journal and serial titles includes several
items like the following:
Bantu studies [1921-1926] = Bantu studies and general South African anthropology
Bantu studies [1927-1941] = Bantu studies
Bantu studies [1942-9999] = African studies
(Beware that many reference lists and bibliographies do not use contemporary titles.
In particular, they tend to avoid obsolete titles, and use modern titles even in contexts
where they are clearly anachronistic.)
Some journal and serial titles are multilingual. These appear in EBALL as follows:
Papers in Dagara studies/Cahiers dtudes dagara/Dagara yele sebe
Multilingual titles are always accompanied by appropriate referral items in the terms
lists, such as the following:
Gur monographs = Monographies voltaques / Gur monographs
Note also that the terms list for journal and serial titles includes a variety of
information types.
Africa [Washington DC]
Cahiers du LACITO (Langues et Civilisations Tradition Orale)
Works in progress (English Department, Ahmadu Bello Univ.)
Occasional papers in linguistics (OPiL) [Dar es Salaam]
Working papers in linguistics [Honolulu]
In the above examples, some bits of information appears in ordinary brackets, while
other bits appear in square brackets. The bits in ordinary brackets are part of the
actual titles and belong in the journal field, while information in square brackets is
meant to be moved into some other field, usually the city or series/edit info fields (for
which see further below). For instance, what in the terms list appears as:
Working papers in linguistics [Honolulu]
is meant to be entered as follows:
Journal
Working papers in linguistics
City
Honolulu
The information between in square brackets needs to be manually moved into the city
field. This may seem like a cumbersome process, but pays off in the long run as it
ensures a minimum of confusing and/or faulty reference details.
Four exceptions. There are four exceptions to the above principle of always using
contemporary titles, viz. Archiv orientlni, Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde,
Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen, and Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei
Lincei.
The first journal in question started out as Archiv orientlni in 1933 and it has had
that title ever since, with the exception of a handful issues published during 1943-44,
which were titled Archivum orientale pragense. After that, the original title was
reinstated. In EBALL, the title Archiv orientlni is used for all issues, even the ones
published during 1943-1944.
The journal Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde
18
appeared as such for the first
eleven volumes. For some obscure reason, the next following volume bore the title
Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde, and the volume number was printed as 1, seemingly in
an attempt to start anew. However, the next volume was again titled Paideuma:
Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde and the volume number given as 13. Thus volume 1 of
Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde can, for all practical purposes, be regarded as the
would-be volume 12 of Paideuma: Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde. In EBALL, the
latter title is used also for Mitteilungen zur Kulturkunde.
The above two examples concern two marginal and obscure titles which are ignored
in EBALL. As for the the next two journals, common short titles are used in addition
to contemporary longer titles.
The journal Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen has not always had that title.
However, it was for long referred to as such (sometimes Petermanns Mitteilungen),
even before it became its formal title. For convenience, the widely used Petermanns
geographische Mitteilungen is used consistently in EBALL, though with the correct
contemporary title appended in brackets, as in Petermanns geographische Mittei-
lungen (Dr A. Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt).
The terms list for journal and serial titles gives all necessary details regarding what
title to use and when.
Petermann [1855-1878] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen
(Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt ber wichtige
neue Erforschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie)
Petermann [1879-1937] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen (Dr A.
Petermanns Mitteilungen aus Justus Perthes Geographischer Anstalt)
Petermann [1938-9999] = Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen
Note that the part which is to be used is that which follows the equation sign.
The Italian journal most often referred to as Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei
Lincei has gone through numerous title changes over the years. In this particular case,
however, the contemporary title is used while the commonly used generic title is
given in parentheses, e.g. Transunti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei (Rendiconti
18
The subtitle is always used for this journal in order to distinguish it from Paideuma: a journal
devoted to Ezra Pound scholarship. For similar reasons, the subtitles are also used in many other
journal titles.
della Reale Accademia dei Lincei). Again, the terms list for journal titles gives full
details regarding what titles to use.
Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1870-1873] = Atti della
Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei
Lincei)
Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1873-1877] = Atti della
Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, classe di scienze morali, storiche e
filologiche (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei) [2a serie]
Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1877-1884] = Transunti della
Reale Accademia dei Lincei (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei)
[3a serie]
Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1884-1891] = Rendiconti della
Reale Accademia dei Lincei [4a serie]
Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei [1939-1942] = Atti della Reale
Accademia dItalia/Rendiconti della classe di scienze morali e storiche
(Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei) [7a serie]
Again, the part which is to be used is that which follows the equation sign, and is
placed in the journal field. The last part in square brackets (9a serie, etc.) is placed
in the series/edit info field.
Journal
Rendiconti della Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei, classe di scienze morali,
storiche e filologiche (Rendiconti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei)
Series/Edit info
9a serie
Note thus that any information given in ordinary brackets are kept in the journal field,
while information appended in square brackets is to be placed in the series/edit info
field.
Some commonly occuring words in names of journals and serials may be shortened.
These include:
Abh. Abhandlungen
Bibl. Bibliothque, Bibliotheek, Bibliothek, Biblioteca, Bibliotheca, etc.
Bol. Boletim, Boletn
Boll. Bollettino
Bull. Bulletin
Comm. Communication(s)
Dept. Department, Departamento, Departement
Dpt. Dpartement
Doc. Document(s)
Fac. Faculty, Facult, Faculdade, Facolt
Inst. Institute, Institution, Institut, Instituto, Instituut, etc.
Ist. Istituto
Miss.-Ges. Missionsgesellchaft
Mitt. Mitt(h)eilung(en)
Pubbl. Pubblicazioni
Publ. Publication(s), Publication(es), Publicae(s), Publicacin(es), etc.
Soc. Society, Socit(s), Sociedade(s), Sociedad(es), Societa(s), etc.
Suppl. Supplement(s), Supplment(s)
Tijds. Tijdschrift
Tyds. Tydskrif
Univ. University, Universit, Universitt, Universiteit, Universidade, etc.
Verh. Verhandlungen, Verhandelungen, Verhandelingen
Verff. Verffentlichung(en)
Zeits. Zeitschrift
Others may be added to this list, but should be so sparingly.
3.2.3.7 Series/edit info (Journal article)
The series/edit info field is a customised field. In un-customised versions of EndNote
this will appear as publisher. The reasons for adding this in EBALL is to have a
specific field for information like second series, neue Folge, etc.
Quite often a journal may restart the volume numbering from scratch, without any
title change. Commonly, this is accompanied by added details like second series,
third series, etc. For instance, Bulletin de la Socit de Gographie de Paris, which
started in 1822, started a new series of volume numbering in 1834, which then
became known as the second series (or, 2me srie). Later, in 1844, they did this
again, which then became the third series (3me srie), and so on. In the terms list,
this appears as follows:
Bull. de la SGP [1822-1833] = Bull. de la Socit de Gographie de Paris
[2me srie]
[3me srie]
[4me srie]
[5me srie]
[6me srie]
[7me srie]
In the above examples, the journal title is that which appears after the equation sign.
The title itself is placed in the journal field, while the square bracketed information
following the title, e.g. 5me srie, goes into the series/edit info field. Thus an
EBALL entry for an article published in that journal anytime between the years 1861
and 1870 would look like the following:
Journal
Bull. de la Socit de Gographie de Paris
Series/Edit Info
5me srie
This entails some extra manual work, but in the long run, it helps to ensure a mini-
mum of ambiguous and/or erroneous reference details in EBALL.
In case of encyclopaedia articles, the series/edit info field is used for information like
second edition, etc. For instance, an Encyclopaedia britannica-article would be
entered as follows:
Author
Greenberg, Joseph Harold
Year
1969
Title
African languages
Journal
Encyclopaedia britannica
Series/Edit Info
14th edition
Volume
1
Pages
312-314
3.2.3.8 Series title (Book, Edited book)
The series title field contains names of monograph series. As with journal titles,
these, too, are entered in contemporary phrasings, thereby avoiding anachronistic
titles.
Occasional papers from the British Museum
Occasional papers from the Rhodes-Livingstone Museum, new series
Publ. from the Makerere Univ. Library
Working papers from Cornell Phonetics Laboratory
The volume number pertaining to the serial is appended to the serial name itself.
Occasional papers from the Inst. of African Studies (IAS), #4
Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #5
Trends in linguistics: studies and monographs, #156
Note that the volume number is preceded by a hash mark, i.e. #. Abbreviations like
vol., Bd, Nr, etc., are avoided, especially for monograph serials.
Whenever a serial title contains the name of the publisher or originating institution,
then it need not be repeated in the publisher field.
Series Title
Occasional papers from the Inst. of African Studies (IAS), #21
City

Publisher
Univ. of Ibadan
In the above example, the publisher appears as Univ. of Ibadan instead of the
full(er) Inst. of African Studies (IAS), Univ. of Ibadan. Since the Institutes name
is part of the serial title, it need not appear again in the publisher field. This means
that in some cases, the publisher field can be left completely empty.
19
If the publishers name needs to be included in the publisher field, it is then generally
better to shorten the serial title to just Occasional papers.
If the bibiliographical item in question constitutes a supplement to or special issue of
a journal, then the journal title is underlined and preceded Special issue of or
Suppl. to. The volume numbers are preceded by v. (the hash mark is not used
here).
Suppl. to Zeits. fr romanische Philologie
Suppl. 1 to South African journal of African languages, v. 7
Special issue of American anthropologist, v. 66, n. 6, pt. 2
Note also that the English-language Suppl. to and Special issue of are used
irrespective of the whether or not it is an English-language journal. (For practical
reasons, English appears as the default language for the whole bibliography.)
3.2.3.9 Collection (Unpublished)
Several libraries and/or archives around the world host manuscript collections such as
The Hans Cory Collection (Dar es Salaam), The E.O.J. Westphal Papers (Cape
Town), and so on. When entering a reference to a paper appearing in such collections,
the name of the collection is, in most cases, entered into the collection field.
Author
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes
Year
19xx
Title
Not all Bushmen are Bushmen
Collection
The E.O.J. Westphal papers
Institution
Rare Documents and Manuscripts Dept., Univ. of Cape Town
Alternatively, the name of the collection can be added into the institution field
together with the name of the institution.
Institution
Hans Cory Collection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library
19
The same applied to the city field, which can be left empty if the relevant place name appears
in the publishers name, as it does in University of Ibadan, Cambridge University Press, etc.
Sometimes dissertations are pre-published through institutional serials before an
actual publication. In EBALL such items are entered as unpublished, while the name
of the serial is put into the collection field.
Author
Sands, Bonny [Eva]
Year
1995
Title
Evaluating claims of distant linguistic relationships: the case
of Khoisan
Collection
UCLA (Univ. of California, Los Angeles) dissertations in
linguistics, #14
City
Los Angeles
Institution

Edit Info
PhD thesis
Note that while it is being distributed via a department serial, it is nonetheless entered
into EBALL as an unpublished item.
20
3.2.3.10 Series title (Journal article)
Some journals appear as special issues of monograph series. For instance, Tervurens
Africana linguistica is issued through the series Annales du Muse Royal de lAfrique
Centrale. This means that each volume carries two serial titles, each with its own
volume number. Thus the 11th volume of Africana linguistica is also the 142nd
volume of Annales du Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale. Articles appearing in Afri-
cana linguistica can be handled in two ways. They can be entered as either journal
articles or book sections.
For example, one and the same reference can be entered either as jorunal article:
Author
Hadermann, Pascale
Year
1994
Title
Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de linfinitif dans les langues
bantoues
Journal
Africana linguistica
20
Note also that the institution field has been left empty in the example immediately above,
since the name of the institution, i.e. University of California at Los Angeles, already appears in the
serial title.
Volume
11
Pages
79-91
Series Title
Ann. du MRAC (Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale), sciences
humaines, #142
Or, as a book section:
21
Author
Hadermann, Pascale
Year
1994
Title
Aspects morphologiques et syntaxiques de linfinitif dans les langues
bantoues
Editor

Book Title
Africana linguistica XI
Volume

City
Tervuren
Publisher

Pages
79-91
Series Title
Ann. du MRAC (Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale), sciences
humaines, #142
If the reference is entered as a book section, the volume number pertaining to the
journal can be entered either in the title field as part of the title, i.e. Africana
linguistica XI (as above), or in the volume field as v. 11.
22
The important thing is that there is a consistency in the choice, so that all articles
from Africana linguistica, or any given journal, are entered in the same way.
3.2.3.11 Volume (not Journal article)
For all reference types except journal articles, the volume field includes details about
multi-part works. Commonly, this is a figure indicating the total number of parts.
5 vols
3 parts
21
If available, the name of an editor should be added.
22
Note that the volume number pertaining to the monograph series is always entered into the
series title field together with the series title.
4 deele
4 Bde
6 tomos
When individual parts of a multi-part work are listed in separate entries, the data in
the volume field will look like v. 1, v. 2, etc. However, the field may also be left
empty. If the individual parts bear subtitles, the volume number will instead appear in
the title field together with the subtitle.
Title
Chadic lexical roots, 2: documentation
(Alternatively, all parts may be entered into one single entry with subtitles specified
in the notes field.)
Note that the volume field accepts a whole range of common abbreviations, such as
vols, v., Bde, etc.
23
When it comes to book sections, the volume field pertains to the whole edited book,
not the book section as such. Thus if an article appears in, say, the second volume of
a multi-volume work, this field would include the string v. 2. If a book chapter is
part of a whole series of book chapters, e.g. Swahili phonology [pt. 1], Swahili
phonology [pt. 2], and so on, the strings pt.1 and pt. 2 appear in the title field,
never the volume field.
3.2.3.12 Volume (Journal article)
As for journal articles, the volume field accepts volume numbers, occasionally follo-
wed by additional information (specified below).
Some journals designate volume numbers with Roman numerals. This is ignored in
EBALL. Instead, all volume (and issue) numbers are written with Arabic numerals,
e.g. XXII is always re-written 22. This facilitates much bibliography work, since
there is then no need to spend any extra time trying to find out which type of numeral
any given journal uses. It is also important for the general maintenance of the
bibliography as it makes sorting operations much easier (which is discussed further
below).
Occasionally a journal employs two simultaneous volume numbering systems. For
instance, the first volume of Zeitschrift der deutschen morgenlndischen Gesellschaft
appeared 1847. It kept appearing regularly with one annual volume until its 75th
volume in 1921. The year following that, it started anew, as a new series (neue
Folge) with volume numbers re-starting from 1. In addition, however, the old
volume numbering was continued alongside the new one. Hence volume 1 of the new
series can also be referred to as volume 76 of the old series.
24
In EBALL, such
instances are written as follows:
Journal
Zeits. der deutschen morgenlndischen Gesellschaft
23
Note that volume is abbreviated v., not vol.. Somewhat inconsistently, however, the
plural volumes is always abbreviated vols.
24
This is one of several reasons why one and the same journal article can appear with different
reference details in different bibliographies.
Series/Edit Info
neue Folge
Volume
11 [86]
In this case, both volume numbers are entered into the volume field, with priority
given to the new(er) volume number. The old(er) volume number is added in square
brackets.
Some articles appear in supplements to regular journal volumes. Unless these utilise a
separate volume numbering system,
25
the strings suppl., Beiheft, Beilage, etc.,
with or without a special supplement number, is entered into the volume field
together with the regular journals volume number. For instance, the journal South
African journal of African languages often publishes supplements. These are referred
to simply as suppl. 1 of v. 14, suppl. 1 of vol. 15, etc. In EBALL, this is entred as
follows:
Journal
South African journal of African languages
Volume
15, suppl. 1
Note that suppl. (or anything like it) is never entered into the issue/date field.
Some journals do not use volume numbers at all. Instead they use the year or possibly
a date. This information is not entered into the volume field, but the issue/date field
(for which see immediately below).
26
3.2.3.13 Issue/date (Journal article)
The issue/date field commonly contains information about issue numbers, which is
sometimes a vital piece of information. Pagination is normally consecutive per
volume, i.e. while issue 1 starts on page 1, issue 2 starts on, say, page 134. However,
some journals utilise separate paginations per individual issue, i.e. all issues start on
page 1. This is the case with Afroasiatic linguistics, amongst others. For this reason
alone, it is important to add the issue number, at least for those journal that do not use
consecutive pagination within a single volume.
It may also be useful for purely practical reasons to note the issue number, as journal
issues are not always bound into volumes.
The issue/date field may also include publications dates, when these need to be
specified, especially if no volume number is avalaible. In such cases, the volume field
is left empty, as in the following example:
Author
Gorges, E.H.
25
As is the case with the supplementary issues of the Tokyo-based journal African study
monographs. In such cases, the word/phrase supplementary issue (or supplement, whatever the
case may be) goes into the seried/edit info field.
26
Dates, rather than volume numbers, are usually preferred for newspaper articles.
Year
1904
Title
The Masai
Journal
East African standard
Volume

Issue/Date
23 July 1904
Pages
3
(Note that the year appears in both the issue/date field and the year field.)
3.2.3.14 Pages, Pagination
Page ranges are entered in full and appear as, say, 122-127, not as 122-7. Where
details are lacking, the alternative 122ff is acceptable. Separate non-consecutive
paginations, which is common in many books, reports, etc., are given with commas,
as in iii, 177, not with plus-signs as in iii+177.
xxxi, 291
xix, 413, plates
xvi, 505, 8 maps
The abbreviations p or pp are never included in the pagination field.
Multi-volume works require the use of semi-colons, e.g. 212; 355.
355; 222
xvi, 222; ix, 335
If the pagination of the second volume continues the pagination of the first, this is
entered as follows:
xxxi, 917; ix, [918]-1949
Note especially the use of square brackets and the position of the hyphen. The latter
may not be logically correct, but is visually more pleasing than [918-]1949.
3.2.3.15 Theme issue (Journal article)
Commonly specific journal issues (sometimes whole volumes) are devoted to some
particular theme, in which case they often carry an additional issue-specific title. For
instance, the 38th volume of the journal General linguistics was devoted entirely to
essays in memory of Edgar Polom. It was guest-edited by Bridget Drinka and Derek
Nurse, and carried the additional title African language and culture in historical
perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polom. In order to record this piece of
information, a special theme issue field has been created in EBALL. Hence an article
appearing in that volume would be entered into EBALL as follows:
Author
Batibo, Herman M.
Year
1998
Title
The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the case of Setswana
Journal
General linguistics
Volume
38
Issue/Date
1/4
Pages
189-198
Theme Issue
African language and culture in historical perspective: essays in memory
of Edgar C. Polom, edited by Bridget Drinka and Derek Nurse
Note that the information in the theme issue field is restricted to title (in single
quotes) followed by the name of the guest-editors. (Note also that there is no period
at the end.)
3.2.3.16 City, Place of publication
Place of publication is always entered in the form appropriate for the time-period in
which the bibliographical item appeared. This means that, for instance, Salisbury is
used instead of Harare for publications pre-dating 1980.
As a general rule, place names are entered as they appear on the bibliographical item.
For instance, while The Hague appears on English publications, La Haye is used
on French publications, Der Haag on Dutch publications, and so on.
Den Haag
Der Haag
La Haya
La Haye
s-Gravenhage
The Hague
Place names are thus not individualised as are personal names.
Latin forms are normally used on Latin-language publications, e.g. Francofurti for
Frankfurt-am-Main, Helsingforsiae for Helsinki, Lipsiae for Leipzig, Lugduni
Batavorum for Leiden. However, English name forms may also be used for Latin
entries.
Multiple place names are separated with commas and an ampersand.
New York, London & Sydney
Commas and ampersands are used even when the different place names are due to
multiple publishers (on which, see further below).
Place names with specifications. Lesser-known place names commonly need to be
appended with a geographical specification. This specification is usually a country
name in parentheses or a non-parenthesized abbreviation signifying a US state or the
UK.
Bryn Mawr PA
Folkestone UK
Groenkloof (Suid-Afrika)
Guckdou (Guinea)
Maidenhead UK
Piggs Peak (Swaziland)
Ume (Sweden)
The two-letter abbreviations used for US states are the so-called zip codes. Country
names are unabbreviated and placed in parentheses, with the main exception of
UK, which is here treated as a US zip code.
Sometimes a specification needs to be added in order to disambiguate two (or more)
identically-named places. That way Athens, the capital of Greece, will not be
confused with Athens in Ohio, nor Athens in Georgia.
Athens
Athens GA
Athens OH
Durham NC
Durham NH
Durham UK
Note that not every identically-named place name needs a specification. When
Athens refers to the capital of Greece, no specification is needed as this is taken to
be the default interpretation, while all other Athenss require a specification.
Similarly, while Cambridge in the UK does not require any specification, Cambridge
in Massachusetts does.
Cambridge
Cambridge MA
The city field for journal articles is sometimes needed since a place name can often
be very useful for properly identifying a journal, either because of its obscurity or
because it has a generic title that needs to be distinguished.
27
Many journals can easily be distinguished by adding subtitles. However, subtitles are
not always available. Hence some other piece of information, e.g. place of
publication, is required for disambiguation. The terms list for journals and serials
includes much information about place of publication, where such has been deemed
necessary.
Africa [Osaka]
Africa [Tunis]
Africa [Washington DC]
Africa Inst. bull. [Pretoria]
Deutsche Revue: eine Monatschrift [Stuttgart]
Harpers new monthly magazine [New York]
Nchi yetu [Dar es Salaam]
Pan-African journal [Nairobi]
Ugo [Enugu]
27
There are, for instance, more than twenty journals named Africa, many of which lack
distinguishing subtitles.
Note that when a journal title is picked from the terms list, any place names
appearing in square brackets has to be manually moved into the city field.
Note that the city field (for journal articles) does not appear in EndNote by default. It
has to be manually specified in EndNotes preferences under Reference types....
3.2.3.17 Publisher
The data entered into the publisher field should, as far as possible, be identical to how
it actually appears on the bibliographical item itself, meaning that contemporary
names and forms are preferred. Thus the modern name Muse Royal de lAfrique
Centrale (MRAC) should not be used in entries requiring the older name Muse
Royal du Congo Belge (MRCB).
By default, publishers names are are always spelt out as much as possible (unless
data is lacking for a proper spelling out). Widely-used acronyms and abbreviations
are given in parentheses.
Baraza la Kiswahili la Zanzibar (BAKIZA)
Southern African Applied Linguistics Association (SAALA)
Alternatively, the spelled-out name may instead be given in parentheses.
SWA (Sdwestafrika) Wissenschaftliche Gesellschaft
However, a few commonly occuring words in publishers names may nonetheless be
abbreviated. These include:
Ass. Association, Associao, Associazione, etc.
Bibl. Bibliothque, Bibliotheek, Bibliothek, Biblioteca, Bibliotheca, etc.
Co. Company
Corp. Corporation
Dept. Department, Departamento, Departement
Dpt. Dpartement
Ed. Editions, Ediciones, Edies, Editrice, Edizione
Fac. Faculty, Facult, Faculdade, Facolt
Impr. Imprimerie, Imprensa, Imprenta, Impresso
Inst. Institute, Institution, Institut, Instituto, Instituut, etc.
Ist. Istituto
Libr. Librairie
Ltd Limited
Min. Ministry, Ministre, Ministerio, Ministero
Miss.-Buchh. Missionsgesellchaft
Miss.-Ges. Missionsgesellchaft
Publ. Publisher(s), Publications, Publicaes
Soc. Society, Socit(s), Sociedade(s), Sociedad(es), Societa(s), etc.
Uitg. Uitgewers ,Uitgewery, Uitgeverij
Univ. University, Universit, Universitt, Universiteit, Universidade, etc.
Other abbreviations may be added to this list, but should be so sparingly.
Ministries are specified with country names:
Min. do Ultramar, Portugal
Min. degli Affari Esteri, Italia
Min. of Education, Liberia
Multiple publishers are separated by semi-colons.
28
Equipe Nationale Zaroise; Agence de Coopration Culturelle et Technique
(ACCT); Centre Rgional de Recherche et de Documentation sur les Traditions
Orales et pour le Dveloppement des Langues Africaines (CERDOTOLA)
Initials in publishers names are spelled out as far as possible, though obviously this
is not always possible due to lack of data.
A.A. Balkema
Adam & Charles Black
Ernest Leroux
J.A. Blair
R.M. Bucke Memorial Society
Note that the terms list for publishers is sorted according to publishers main names
(often a family or last name), which is not always the first constituent of a publishers
full corporate name. Hence E.P. Dutton & Co. is alphabetised under Dutton, not
the initials E.P..
Balkema = A.A. Balkema
Black = Adam & Charles Black
Blair = J.A. Blair
Bucke = R.M. Bucke Memorial Society
Hall = G.K. Hall & Co.
Hall = Nelson-Hall Co.
Hall = Prentice-Hall
Leroux = Ernest Leroux
The full name of the publisher appears after the equation sign. When picking a
publishers name from the terms list, only the part appearing after the equation sign is
to be used.
3.2.3.18 Institution (Unpublished)
The institution field in unpublished works corresponds, for all intents and purposes,
to the publisher field in other reference types.
It contains two types of information: either the name of the institution where the
document was initially produced (e.g. a university department in case of theses) or
the holder of a document or manuscript (usually a library or archive). These may be
identical, but are often not.
In case of rare manuscripts, the holder of the document is preferred if it is an
institution, library, archive, or the like. If it is in the possession of an individual, then
it should be mentioned in the notes field instead, not the institution field.
If no information about a manuscripts location is available, mention of that should
be made in the notes field, together with a specification of where the reference
originates.
3.2.3.19 ISBN
28
Note that semi-colons are not used to separate multiple place names in the place field (see
section immediately above).
All ISBNs are prefixed with either ISBN for 13-digit ISBNs or ISBN-10 for the
now-obsolete 10-digit ISBNs.
29
The ISBNs may be appended with brief notations
such as hb (hard back, hard cover, cased, etc.), pb (paper back, soft cover, etc.),
pdf, cassette, and so on.
ISBN-10 0-19-864407-8
ISBN 978-3-89645-068-5, ISBN-10 3-89645-068-9
ISBN-10 0-415-26137-6 hb, 0-415-26138-4 pb
ISBN-10 952-10-0253-0 print, 952-10-0254-9 pdf
3.2.3.20 URL
The URL field is self-explanatory. It contains web-addresses for internet-accessible
documents. There are, however, two things to keep in mind. Firstly, the web address
should preferably go to a web page from where the document can be downloaded,
and not be a direct link to the document itself. Secondly, the address should be
entered without the http:// part.
www.archive.org/details/comparativestudy01johnuoft
3.2.3.21 Peripheralia
This field is one of EBALLs home-made fields, and needs to be manually specified
under Reference types.... It is used for brief references to so-called peripheral
literature, such as book reviews, rejoinders, published commentaries, supplements,
etc. For instance, in the entry for Baptistas The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole
(2003), the following information appears in the peripheralia field:
Angela Bartens, Linguist (mailinglist), n. 14-1515 (2003); Fernanda Pratas,
Journal of linguistics, v. 40 (2004), p. 660-666; Silvia Kouwenberg,
Studies in language, v. 29 (2005), p. 255-259; Philippe Maurer, Journal of
Pidgin and Creole languages, v. 21 (2006), p. 197-203
All references are to book reviews, which constitutes the most common type of data
entered into this field. The general format for book reviews in this field is:
AUTHOR, JOURNAL, v. VOLUMENUMBER (YEAR), p. PAGES
Individual references are listed chronologically and separated by semi-colons. Note
also that the journal title is underlined.
The peripheralia field may include references to much more than just book reviews.
The formatting of these other types is as follows:
AUTHOR, TITLE, JOURNAL , v. VOLUMENUMBER (YEAR), p. PAGES
AUTHOR, TITLE, BOOKTITLE (EDITOR, PUBLISHER, YEAR), p. PAGES
AUTHOR, BOOKTITLE (PUBLISHER, YEAR)
29
As of January 2007, all 10-digit ISBNs were changed to 13-digit ISBNs, at least they were
meant to be. The rules for transforming a ISBN-10 to a ISBN-13 are fairly straightforward and are
fully explained in, for instance, Guidelines for the implementation of 13-digit ISBNs (Anon. 2004)
and the ISBN users manual (Anon. 2005).
For instance, in the entry for Malcolm Guthries Comparative Bantu (1967/71), a
whole range of assorted references can be found.
David Dalby, Reflections on the classification of African languages, with
special reference to the work of Sigismund Wilhelm Koelle and Malcolm
Guthrie, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p. 147-171; Eric H. Hamp,
On Bantu and comparison, International journal of American linguistics,
v. 36 (1970), p. 273-287; Michael Mann, Guthries linguistic terminology
and its application to Bemba, African language studies, v. 11 (1970), p.
237-256; John C. Sharman, Internal and external inconsistencies in Malcolm
Guthries Comparative Bantu (I,1) and other works (manuscript, 1970);
John M. Stewart, Onwards from Guthries Comparative Bantu, Transactions
of the Historical Society of Ghana, v. 12 (1971), p. 83-94; Theodora Bynon
& Michael Mann, Papers on Comparative Bantu: an introduction, African
language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 1-14; A.E. Meeussen, Comparative
Bantu: test cases for method, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p.
6-18; Patrick R. Bennett, Identification, classification and Bantu
linguistics, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 19-25; Michael
Mann, Sound-correspondences and sound-shifts, African language studies,
v. 14 (1973), p. 26-35; Hazel Carter, Tonal data in Comparative Bantu,
African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 36-52; Derek Fivaz, Bantu
classificatory criteria towards a critical examination and comparison of
the language taxonomies of Doke and Guthrie (Dept. of African Languages,
Rhodes Univ., 1973); Magdalena Slavkov & Margaret Bryan, Comparative
Bantu: the case of two Swahili dialects, African language studies, v. 14
(1973), p. 53-81; Alick Henrici, Numerical classification of Bantu
languages, African language studies, v. 14 (1973), p. 81-104; David Dalby,
The prehistorical implications of Guthries Comparative Bantu (pt. 1),
Journal of African history, v. 16 (1975), p. 481-501; Wilhelm J.G. Mhlig,
Kratylos, v. 19 (1975), p. 1-11; David Dalby, The prehistorical
implications of Guthries Comparative Bantu (pt. 2), Journal of African
history, v. 17 (1976), p. 1-27; H. Labaere, Guthrie et la zone C:
traduction et commentaire du point de vue otetela, Ann. Aequatoria, v. 22
(2001), p. 163-183; Jouni Filip Maho, A classification of the Bantu
languages: an update of Guthries referential system, The Bantu languages
(edited by Derek Nurse & Grard Philippson, Routledge, 2003), p. 639-651
Note again that the references are listed chronologically, separated by semi-colons,
and with journal and book titles underlined. The use of square quotes for article titles
is necessary, as this makes unformatted text printouts easier to read (since in those
cases the underlining of journal and book titles disappear).
3.2.3.22 Keywords
All EBALL entries, without exception, are required to be indexed with search codes.
These are entered into the keyword field and multiple search codes are separated by
semi-colons.
;waf;ghn;lng;phn;u.121;
30
Even though all search codes have been entered in lower case, they are not case-
sensitive.
30
These particular search codes signify Western Africa, Ghana, linguistics, phonology,
Akan.
Three sets of search codes have been tailor-made for EBALL: 1) the language codes,
2) the areal codes, 3) the general content codes, or, the rest.
31
The most important of these are the language codes. After all, EBALL is a linguists
bibliography. Hence the largest amount of care has been taken, and should be taken
by anyone working with EBALL, to make sure that these are employed as
exhaustively and correctly as is humanly possible (which does not exclude the
possibility of errors and omissions).
The second most important set of codes are the areal codes. Ideally, every entry
should have a language code as well as an areal (country) code.
The third set of codes can, by and large, be assigned any way the bibliographer sees
fit. The system of general content codes is fairly crude. For instance, while there is a
code for grammar, there are none for morphology, subordination, bracketing
paradoxes, etc. The system cannot be made too specific as that would only make the
indexing process too demanding.
Choosing the appropriate search code(s) for any given entry can be a time-consuming
process. In the ideal case, the bibliographer him/herself is familiar with the item in
question (by having read it), and can thus index it according to his/her personal
knowledge. However, the most common method is to interpret the titles. This is also
the most practical method, although it is prone to many errors. Not all titles are as
self-explanatory as Outline grammar of the Luganda language.
32
Titles of older
works can be difficult to interpret, especially when they employ obscure names or
spellings of languages, peoples, and/or places. Some can even be directly misleading,
especially with regard to geographical names such as Soudan, Ethiopia, Guine, etc.
However, there are many good reference tools that can be consulted to avoid such
errors. In particular, EBALLs own terms lists can be used to good effect. For
instance, the terms list for language names (glottonyms) include the following
section:
Abbey (U.113)
Abe Abbey (U.113)
Abeche (X.211)
Abeele (X.512m)
Abewa Asu (T.741)
Abi Musgu (X.542a)
Abialang Dinka (V.113)
Abidji (U.113)
Abiem Dinka (V.113)
Abigar Nuer (V.114)
Abiliang Dinka (V.113)
Abini Agwagwune (T.276)
Abinsi Kororofa (T.494)
Abiri Agwagwune (T.276)
In the terms list for language names, the language (or dialect) names are followed by
their search codes in brackets. For instance, the line Abbey (U.113) means that the
search code for Abbey (a language spoken in Cte dIvoire) is u.113. The search
codes are not case sensitive.
31
The system of index values underlying the search codes are discusses in part II above, and
thematic lists of all search codes appear in part IV.
32
In fact, even seemingly self-explanatory titles can be misleading. For instance, grammar
books often contain substantial phonological sections, while dictionaries may contain substantial
grammar introductions, and so on.
The doubled angle-brackets indicate that the index value of the first item (the one
preceding the angle brackets) is contained within the index value of the second item
(the one following the angle brackets) either because the first item is a variant name
of the second or it is a dialect lacking a specific code of its own. For instance, Abewa
is an alternate name for Asu and therefore shares its search code t.741. Abini is a
dialect of Agwagwune but lacks a code of its own, and hence needs to be searched
using the search code for Agwagwune, i.e. t.276.
3.2.3.23 Notes
The notes field includes assorted comments and annotations, in fact anything the
bibliographer may deem necessary to comment on, e.g. specification of contents,
information about reprints, website addresses, notes about uncertainties, evaluative
comments, and so on.
Includes a Fanti vocabulary (apparently collected by some W. de Graft).
Reprinted 1968 by Dawsons of Pall Mall (Colonial history series) in London;
and 1970 by the Johnson Reprint (Landmarks in anthropology series) in New
York.
Includes papers by A.J. Arnold, H.A. Bryden, T.E. Buckley, H.H. Johnston,
F.C. Courtney, and others. Selouss contribution apparently contains
something on Khoesan (cfr Levy 1968:15).
Draws a connection between Australian and Bantu languages. Unsure of the
publishing date. Its either 1879, 1880 or 1881. The article itself is
identical to Clarke (1879).
This consists chiefly of forms and words used in the formal part of
official letters and other documents. The book also includes information
about the provinces and kingdoms with which the Mamluk chancellery was in
correspondence (Levtzion & Hopkins 1981:252f).
Italics is not used in EBALL. Underlining is used instead. (This does not only
concern the notes field, but any field where italics might conceivably occur.)
33
In the notes field, an additional peculiarity occurs. Journal and book titles are
underlined as well as marked out with guillemets (or so-called French brackets), i.e.
and .
Reprinted 1971 by Johnson Reprint Corporation in New York (Landmarks in
anthropology series). An abridged edition (181 pp) appeared 1790 as
Anecdotes in travels from the Cape of Good Hope into the interior parts of
Africa, published by Darton in London. A second edition was published in
1796 by Robinson in London. Worth noting is a collection of Fabricated
travels (Strohmeyer & Moritz 1975:15) by Vaillant titled New travels into
the interior parts of Africa by way of the Cape of Good Hope in the years
1783, 1784 and 1785, a 3-volume work published 1796 in London.
The guillemets are used in order to ensure that journal and book titles remain easily
distinguished when doing direct-to-text-file outtakes, in which case all formatting,
such as underlining, is lost.
34
33
For printouts, underlining can easily be searched-and-replaced with italics in any decent word
processor.
34
The guillemets are not used for anything else except marking out journal and book titles in the
notes field. Hence, if desired, they can be searched-and-deleted without any major consequences.
3.3 Maintaining the data in EBALL
Much of the data in EBALL derives from secondary sources. By uncritically
accepting information in, say, a published reference list or bibliography, errors in
those sources will be transmitted also into EBALL. Many errors and inconsistencies
can be avoided by following strict principles when working with EBALL, in
particular by taking advantage of EBALLs designated terms lists. Still, mistakes will
creep up and these need to be corrected. Luckily, however, there are several fairly
simple procedures that can be performed in order to ensure that the data in EBALL
remains accurate and reliable. Below follows a few suggestion how to do exactly
that.
3.3.1 SELECTIVE OUTTAKES
One of the most common errors found in many reference lists and bibliographies is
the combination of wrong dates with wrong volume numbers when listing journal
articles. Another common error concerns faulty pagination for journal articles and
book sections, which often results in apparent overlapping paginations between two
or more articles appearing in one and the same anthology or journal issue.
An easy way to find such inconsistencies is to make selective outtakes. This entails
(1) searching for all articles appearing in a given journal, or all chapters in a given
anthology, (2) sorting the recall according to date-volume-issue-pagination (in that
order), and (3) making a printout of the data in those fields only.
35
The result will be
a sorted list of articles or book sections in which inconsistent combinations of dates
and volumes as well as overlapping paginations are easily detectable.
As a way illustrate the above-described procedure, if we were to perform it for all
articles appearing in the first three volumes of the journal Sprache und Geschichte in
Afrika (SUGIA), we would get a sorted list looking like the following (with the fields
being date-volume-pagination):
36
1979 1 7-20
1979 1 21-35
1979 1 37-54
1979 1 75-91
1979 1 93-108
1979 1 109-141
1979 1 175-204
1979 1 205-223
1979 2 7-125
1980 2 127-171
1980 2 173-187
1980 2 189-218
1980 2 219-331
1981 3 7-16
1981 3 7-49
1981 3 51-78
35
This requires an output style including only those fields. See EndNotes manual for details
about what output styles are and how to use them.
36
Actually we would not, as this is a constructed example done only to illustrate a point.
1981 3 79-95
1981 3 97-124
1981 3 125-168
1981 3 169-200
1981 3 210-250
1981 3 251-316
1981 3 317-356
In the above list, things that need to comments have been bold-printed. The first high-
lighted line includes an erroneous date. It says 1979, but should be 1980. This is
evident from the combinatrions of volumes and dates on the other lines.
The next two high-lighted lines entail an overlapping pagination. In this particular
case, the second line should read 17-49, not 7-16. However, sometimes it is not
easy to say which piece of information is the faulty one. The extreme way to handle,
say, overlapping paginations is to delete the page information in both entries. That
way some information is lost, true, but at least we have deleted an error.
The last two high-lighted lines indicate a missing page range. (There are two other
similar lacking page ranges in the list above.) Pages 201-209 in the third volume of
Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA) are not covered in the above list, which
means that there is no entry in EBALL that corresponds to the above page range.
Either the contents of those pages has been intentionally left out from EBALL (it
might contain a bunch of ads), or it has simply been missed.
37
Similar selective outtakes can gainfully be made with many other types of infor-
mation, too, such as monograph series and publisher, publisher and city (place of
publication), etc. Searching for specific publishers and making a selective outtake of
the publisher and city fields, erroneous and/or missing cities can easily be spotted.
However, this works usually only with smaller publishers, and not so well with many
of the major international publishers.
3.3.2 TEMPORARY TERMS LISTS
Making temporary terms lists for various fields can be very helpful in detecting
certain errors. For instance, by making a temporary terms list for the publisher field
(that is, one that is different from the one already provided in EBALL) many errors
can be spotted, such as spelling errors and erroneously entered data. For instance, an
extract of such a list may turn out to look like:
Calgary Univ. Press
California Inst. of Technology (CalTech)
Cambridge Univ. Press
Camel Graphics
xiv, 225
In this hypothetical example, information about pagination has been entered into the
wrong field, and thus needs to be corrected. As a matter of fact, it is not unusual for
data to end up in the wrong field. Working manually with large databases almost
37
Obviously, the above exercise is only necessary when we lack access to indexes or tables of
contents. There are also some limitations with this method. In particular, it requires many articles
from one and the same journal to have been entered into EBALL.
invariably results in such errors. Making temporary terms lists for all fields on a
regular basis can thus be very helpful.
Temporary terms lists can also be used to find missing references, especially books
published in monograph series. If a temporary terms lists is made of the data in the
series field title (for all books and edited books), an extract might look like the
following:
Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #1
From the above extract, we can see that volumes 14, 21, and 29 are missing. Consi-
dering the title of the monograph series, the missing volumes are likely such that
should be included in a database like EBALL. In this way, temporary terms list can
fruitfully be used as a strategy to aid the search for missing items.
3.3.3 KEEPING AN EYE OUT FOR DUPLICATES
It is almost impossible to avoid some amount of duplicate entries. Reasons for their
existence are many.Most commonly they originate from one and the same work
having been entered at two separate times, each time under a different form of a
given authors or editors name.
Variant spelling is probably the most common source for duplicate entries. For
instance, works by someone named Cassells may inadvertently be entered under
Kassells as well as Cassells. Misjudged syntax of names is another common
source for duplicates. For example, works by Paulian O. Alo may come to be entered
under Paulian O. Alo as well as O. Alo Paulian. Some works may appear as
Anonymous as well as under a specific author name.
One and the same book may appear under different author/editor names altogether.
Works by multiple authors may come to be entered at different times with the
authors names appearing in different orders. For instance, the book Description du
royaume de Congo et des contres environnantes may end up appearing thrice, once
under the name of the editor/translator Willy Bal, and twice under the names of the
two authors, Filippo Pigafetti and Duarte Lopes, having been entered as Pigafetti &
Lopes as well as Lopes & Pigafetti.
Duplicates are not always easy to find, as they do not normally appear next to each
other in the database. However, by always picking author/editor names from the
appropriate terms list, the number of duplicates can generally be kept low, although it
will not eliminate them entirely.
Assuming that at least the titles are identical, sorting the database according to title
will help spotting many duplicates.
3.3.4 AVOIDING SPELLING ERRORS
Spelling errors are exceedingly difficult to catch in EBALL. This is due to the large
amount of languages represented by the entries. There are titles in, e.g., English,
French, Portuguese, Russian, Polish, Finnish, Swedish, German, Somali, Khoekhoe,
Swahili, Hausa, and other languages. In addition, many titles contain linguistic
examples drawn from several African languages otherwise not used in writing. Many
entries refer to old publications that use obsolete and/or otherwise obscure spellings,
so that what might at first glance appear as a spelling error (e.g. Afric) may in fact
not be one. All this renders the use of automated spell-check programs virtually
pointless.
One relatively easy way to avoid or at least minimise the amount of spelling errors
(in fields other than titles) is to consistently use the terms lists that appear in EBALL.
If, say, journal titles and publishers names are always picked from the appropriate
terms lists, at least those will always be correctly spelled.
3.4 Preparing a printout from EBALL
Data from EBALL can easily be exported into a word processor document, either to
make a stand-alone document or include it as a part of a research paper. When this is
done, the data needs to be filtered through what EndNote calls an output style.
38
In
short, an output style specifies the syntax and the format of how information from
any given field (e.g. book title) is to appear in the output itself. In other words, an
output style specifies how the database is transformed into a printed bibliography, by
regulating how author names should appear, how titles are displayed, etc., etc.
EBALL has its own customised output style, which consists of bibliographical style
sheets for each of the reference types used in EBALL. This has been created in order
to ensure optimal outputs (printouts) based on how the data has been entered into
38
Details about what output styles are and how they can be manipulated is fully explained in
EndNotes own manual. Here only a few peculiarities pertaining to EBALL will be pointed out.
EBALL. Even though it can be modified in any number of ways, it is advisable to use
it as given below.
In brief, the process of creating a printable bibliography from EBALL requires four
easy steps.
(1) chose entries for export
(2) chose an output style
(3) export data as an rtf-file
(4) import the data into a word processor
(5) perform a few minor tweakings (explained below)
The minor tweakings referred to in (5) comprise a handful easy search-and-replace
operations explained in detail further below.
3.4.1 EBALLS OUTPUT STYLES
EBALLs output style consists of seven parts, one for each reference type used in
EBALL. In slightly simplified form, they look as follows:
EBALLs output style: Journal Article
39
AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE. JOURNAL (CITY), SERIES/EDITINFO, v. VOLUMENUMBER,
ISSUE/DATE (spec. theme: THEMEINFO), p. PAGES. (SERIESTITLE.)
Procedure: chose entries for export chose output style export data import
exported data to word processor perform minor tweakings (explained below)
Output examples:
Baba, Ahmad Tela; Jauro, Sani. 1997. Remarks on Gunda performance among
the Fulbe of Guddiri. Frankfurter afrikanistische Bltter, v. 9 (spec. theme:
Fulfulde-Studien / Fula studies, edited by Rudolf Leger), p. 97-101.
Bancel, Pierre. 1991. The three-way vowel harmony in Nn (Bantu A.44,
Cameroon). Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics
Society, v. 17, suppl. (spec. theme: Special session on African language
structures, edited by Kathleen Hubbard), p. 3-14.
Batibo, Herman M. 1991. The tone structure of the Sukuma nominal forms.
Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere (AAP), v. 25 (spec. theme: Lacustrine Bantu
phonology, edited by Francis X. Katamba), p. 31-54.
Bosch, Sonja E. 2001. Project on computational morphology (with special
reference to Zulu) within the framework of human language technologies. South
African journal of African languages, v. 15, suppl., p. 4-5.
39
Field names are given in small caps here. Everything else, i.e. strings of characters not in
small caps plus all punctuation marks (e.g. Pp, In: , etc.), constitute parts of the layout itself.
Fikhman, B.S. 1963. Materialy po izucheniyi glagola v yazyke Khausa =
Materials on the analysis of the verb in the Hausa language. Afrikanskii
etnograficheskii sbornik, v. 5, p. 222-258. (Trudy Inst. Etnografii imeni N.N.
Miklucho Maklaja, novaja serija, #76.)
Norlin, Kjell. 1989. A preliminary description of Cairo Arabic intonation of
statements and questions. Quarterly progress and status report of the Speech
Transmission Laboratory (Stockholm), v. 30, 1, p. 47-49.
Okiwelu, Benedict O. 1999. La traduction des voix franaises en igbo:
problmes et solutions. Meta (Montral), v. 44, 4, p. 650-660.
Pierce, [Prof.]. 1839. A vocabulary of the African captives. The New England
review, 21 September 1839.
Westermann, Diedrich. 1927. Das Nupe in Nigerien: seine Stellung innerhalb
der Kwa-Sprachen (Westsudanische Studien, 4). Mitteilungen des Seminars fr
orientalische Sprachen, v. 30, III. Abt., p. 173-207.
EBALLs output style: Book
AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. SERIESTITLE. CITY: PUBLISHER. Pp
PAGES.
Output examples:
Africanus, [Joannes] Leo. 1600. A geographical historie of Africa, written in
Arabicke and Italian by Iohn Leo a More, born in Granada, and brought up in
Barbarie. Translated and collected by John Pory. London: G. Bishop. Pp 420.
Hulstaert, Gustaaf [R.P.]. 1961. Grammaire du lomongo, I: la phonologie. Ann.
du MRAC (Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale), sciences humaines, #39.
Tervuren. Pp 176.
Ibn Battta. 1958/71. The travels of Ibn Battuta, A.D. 1325-1354, 3 vols.
Translated with revisions and notes by H.A.R. Gibb, from the Arabic text edited
by C. Defrmery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Works issued by the Hakluyt Society,
second series, #110+117+141. Cambridge: The Univ. Press. Pp xvii, 269; xii,
[271]-537; xi, [539]-771.
Ikoro, Suanu M. 1996. The Kana language. CNWS (Research School of Asian,
African and Amerindian Studies) publ., #40. State Univ. of Leiden. Pp 414.
Kamal, Yusuf [Prince]. 1926/51. Monumenta cartographica Africae et Aegypti,
5 vols in 16 parts. Cairo: Self-published.
EBALLs output style: Edited Book
EDITOR; EDITOR2. (Ed.) YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. SERIESTITLE. CITY:
PUBLISHER. Pp PAGES.
Output examples:
Blommaert, Jan. (Ed.) 1991. Swahili studies: essays in honour of Marcel van
Spaandonck. Gent: Academia Press. Pp 232.
Kritzinger, Matthys Stefanus Benjamin; Schoones, Pieter C.; Cronj, U.J. (Ed.)
1986. Groot woordeboek: Afrikaans-Engels/Engels-Afrikaans. 13e uitgawe.
Pretoria: J.L. van Schaik. Pp 1410.
Muzale, Henry R.T. (Ed.) 2004. Kamusi ya Lugha ya Alama ya Tanzania (LAT)
/ Tanzanian Sign Language (TSL) dictionary. Toleo la pili / 2nd edition. LoT
(Languages of Tanzania) publ., lexicon series, #2. Dept. of Foreign Languages
and Linguistics, Univ. of Dar es Salaam. Pp xxii, 249.
Rottland, Franz; Vossen, Rainer. (Ed.) 1986. African hunter-gatherers:
proceedings from an international symposium on hunter-gatherers, St Augustin,
January 1985, 2 vols. Special issue of Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika
(SUGIA), v. 7. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 457; 465.
Xirsi Saciid, Warsame; Oomaar Cabduraxmaan, C. (Ed.) 1993. Qaamuus
Ingiriisi-Soomaali / English-Somali dictionary: advanced level. London &
Muqdisho: Haan Associates. Pp 272.
EBALLs output style: Book Section
AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE. In: BOOKTITLE, VOLUME(S), p. PAGES. EDITINFOBOOK. Ed.
by EDITOR(S). SERIESTITLE. CITY: PUBLISHER.
Output examples:
Abboud, Peter. 1970. Spoken Arabic. In: Current trends in linguistics, 6:
linguistics in south-west Asia and northern Africa, p. 439-466. Ed. by Thomas
Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.
Delafosse, Maurice; Caquot, Andr. 1952. Les langues du Soudan et de la
Guine. In: Les langues du monde, p. 737-845. Nouvelle dition. Ed. by Antoine
Meillet & Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique
(CNRS).
Hodge, Carleton Taylor. 1976. Lisramic (Afroasiatic): an overview. In: The non-
Semitic languages of Ethiopia, p. 43-65. Ed. by Marvin Lionel Bender.
Monographs from the Committee on Ethiopian Studies, occasional papers series,
#5. East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State Univ.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1990. Standard versus colloquial developments in the Herero
language. In: Language reform: history and future, v. 5, p. 197-214. Ed. by
Istvn Fodor & Claude Hagge. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Whiteley, Wilfred Howell. 1969. Swahili: Tanzanias nationalsprog = Swahili:
Tanzanias national language. In: Tanzania vil selv: en samling artikler og taler,
p. 122-131. 2nd edition. Ed. by Knud Erik Svendsen & Merete Teisen.
Kbenhavn: Mellemfolkeligt Samvirke.
EBALLs output style: Unpublished
AUTHOR; AUTHOR2. YEAR. TITLE, VOLUME(S). EDITINFO. COLLECTION. CITY: INSTITUTION. Pp
PAGES.
Output examples:
Adam, Hussein Mohamed. 1968. A nation in search for a script: the problem of
establishing a national orthography for Somali. MA thesis. Kampala: Makerere
Univ. Pp 182.
Cory, Hans [Koritschoner]. 19xx. Vocabulary of English words translated into
Kiswahili and Kinguu. Unpublished typescript, ref. EAF CORY 425. Hans Cory
Collection, Univ. of Dar es Salaam Library. Pp 10.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1918-1972. Unpublished field data, incl. grammar and
vocabulary notes for over 180 Bantu languages. Manuscripts and notes in 32
boxes, ref. GB 0102 PP MS 27. School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS),
Univ. of London.
EBALLs output style: Computer Program
PROGRAMMER; PROGRAMMER2. YEAR. TITLE, VERSION. EDITINFO. CITY: INSTITUTION.
Output examples:
Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1996. Bantu MapMaker, version 3.0. Univ.
of California at Berkeley & State University of Leiden.
Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1997. Bantu MapMaker, version 3.1. Univ.
of California at Berkeley & State University of Leiden.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1995. Bantu MapMaker, version 1.0. State Univ. of
Leiden.
Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Lowe, John B. 1995. Bantu MapMaker, version 1.1. State
Univ. of Leiden & Univ. of California at Berkeley.
Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Elias, P.S.E. 1989. AINI: a morphological parser for
Kiswahili, version 1.3. Dept. of African Languages, State Univ. of Leiden.
EBALLs output style: Map
CARTOGRAPHER; CARTOGRAPHER. YEAR. TITLE. EDITINFO. COLLECTION. CITY: INSTITUTION.
Output examples:
[Anon.] 1942. Tribal map and ethnographic map of Tanganyika Territory. Dar
es Salaam: Dept. of Lands and Mines, Tanganyika.
[Anon.] 1952. Tanganyika Territory: tribal and ethnographic map. New edition,
revised. Dar es Salaam: Dept. of Lands and Mines, Tanganyika.
[Anon.] 1977. Togo: carte routire et touristique (1:500,000). Edit par le Min.
de lEnvironnement et du Tourisme, Togo. Paris: Inst. Gographique National
(IGN).
[Anon.] 1985. Map 3158: Namibia (1:1,000,000). New York: United Nations
(UN).
[Anon.] 1996. Carte routire et touristique 953: Afrique nord et ouest
(1:4,000,000). 19me dition. Paris: Pneu Michelin.
Mbazira, J.K. 1958. Map of tribes of Kenya, sub-tribes of Kikuyu, Embu and
Meru. Entebbe: Lands and Survey Dept., Kenya.
Mercier, Paul. 1955. Cartes ethno-dmographiques de lAfrique occidentale:
feuille 5. Dakar: Inst. Franais de lAfrique Noire (IFAN).
Stringall, Stephen C.; Wessel, Caroline Houle. 1996. Map 219: Malawi
(1:900,000). Vancouver: Sojourn Cartographic Services for International Travel
Maps, ITMB Publ.
3.4.2 A FEW NECESSARY TWEAKINGS
In order to achieve good-looking bibliographies, it is not enough to just export data
from EBALL. Some amount of manual tweakings are necessary. These are all simple
procedures.
The first tweaking that needs to be done is to search for all instances of underlining
and replace them with italics. This is an easy search/replace procedure in any modern
word processor.
Search for: Tweaking necessary:
(1) underlining replace with italics
Most EBALL outputs contain a smaller or larger amount of unnecessary strings of
characters. This is due to the simple fact that some EBALL entries contain empty
fields, i.e. data has not been entered into every available field. This will occasionally
result in odd-looking outputs. For instance, in several entries the city field is empty,
which would result in the following hypothetical output:
Smith, John. 2000. Languages of Africa. : ABC Publ.
In this case, searching for the string : (space-colon-space) and replacing it with
(space) will suffice. There are, however, other such unwanted strings of characters
that regularly pop up in EBALL outputs. These need to be manually tweaked.
Unwanted strings of characters: Tweaking necessary:
(2) (space-paragraph) replace with (paragraph)
(3) . . (period-space-period-par.) replace with . (period-paragraph)
(4) . (space-period-space) replace with (space)
(5) : (space-colon-space) replace with (space)
(6) , (space-comma-space) replace with (space)
(7) (space-space) replace with (space)
A further (possible) tweaking concerns the characters and , i.e. the so-called
guillemets. These are simply searched and deleted.
(8) and delete
40
(As guillemets are only used in the notes field, however, they would normally not
show up in outputs at all, but if the notes field has been included in an output, they
may or may not need to be deleted. The guillemets would probably not look so good
in printed bibliographies, but that is ultimately a matter of taste.)
In EBALL, all dates preceding the year 0 have been entered as 0000 (see further
above on this). The appropriate BC/BCE date can be found in the notes field.
Moreover, all dates preceding the year 1000 appear with prefixed 0s, as in 0100
and 0956 for the years 100 and 956, respectively. Dates like 0000 and 0956
have to be manually corrected when making a printout.
(9) 0000 replace with appropriate date
41
The working language of EBALL is English. Still, some amount of information has
been entered in a variety of other languages in specific fields, e.g. Swahili Toleo la
pili (instead of the English phrase Second edition) appears occasionally in the edit
info field in Swahili-language entries. Since EBALLs output styles are done in
40
This only needs to be done if the notes (annotations) field has been included in the output.
41
While a search for the string 0000 will find all BC dates, AD dates with preceding 0s (like
0125) can be found with the string . 0 (period-space-zero).
English (containing phrases like Edited by, etc.), printouts of non-English refe-
rences may end up looking odd.
Delafosse, Maurice; Caquot, Andr. 1952. Les langues du Soudan et de la
Guine. In: Les langues du monde, p. 737-845. Nouvelle dition. Edited by
Antoine Meillet & Marcel Cohen. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique (CNRS).
In the above example, some field-specific information is in French, e.g. Nouvelle
dition, while the output style used includes English phrases and words, specifically
Edited by and In:. Hence the output has become a linguistic hybrid. At present,
there is little that can be done about these kinds of consequences. They have to be
either endured or fixed manually.
3.4.3 CHANGES TO EBALLS OUTPUT STYLES
It is not necessary to use the above-defined output styles. In fact, the various fields
and the strings of characters in between them can be elaborated in any number of
ways. The important thing to keep in mind is that in the database itself not every field
in every entry contains data. Thus if changes are made to the above output styles, it is
worthwhile spending some time trying to predict the effects of empty fields.
42
If the
outputs are small, a manual browsing may be sufficient to find any unwanted strings
of characters. Longer outputs are better handled if undesired effects have been
predicted in advance, in which case they can be easily searched for.
All this said, any printout, whether or not they follow the customised output style(s)
listed above, require minor or major tweakings. As a general rule of thumb, it is
always advisable to check any automatically generated outputs, whether they derive
from EBALL or anywhere else.
42
The just-listed tweakings take care of all unwanted effects when EBALLs output styles are
used. If other output styles are chosen, the same tweakings are likely no longer useful.
PART IV
THEMATIC LISTS OF SEARCH CODES
All EBALL entries are indexed with search codes (see part II above). There are three
sets of codes:
1) The language codes
These indicate what languages and/or language groupings the bibliographical
item deals with, e.g. Swahili, Portuguese, Arabic, Nilotic, Khoesan, etc.
2) The areal codes
These codes have index values that refer to specific regions, such as Sub-
Saharan Africa, Eastern Africa, Tunisia, Lesotho, and so on, with
countries being the smallest units.
3) The general content codes (i.e. other than A and B, or the rest)
This is a lump category of codes whose index values does not refer to language
or area. They intend somehow to characterise the contents of the bibliographical
item in question in terms of subject dealt with (grammar, history, biography,
etc.) and/or type of item (film, thesis, festschrift, etc.).
The following pages contain thematic lists of all search codes. The search codes are
not case-sensitive. They are given in upper-case in the lists below for convenience of
presentation only.
4.1 The language codes (set 1)
Most EBALL entries have been coded with a language code. The system of language
codes is based on a classification of the Bantu languages originally devised by
Malcolm Guthrie. In short, Guthriems classification has been expanded to include all
African languages. This is explained more fully in part II above.
A.
: } BANTU LANGUAGES
S.
T. BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES
T.0 Miscellaneous Benue-Congo
T.1 Bantoid (excl. Bantu)
T.2 Cross-River
T.3 Kainji
T.4 Platoid
T.5 Igboid
T.6 Idomoid
T.7 Nupoid
T.8 Edoid
T.9 Defoid
U. NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES
U.0 Miscellanous Niger-Congo
U.1 Kwa
U.2 Gur
U.3 Kru
U.4 Ubangi
U.5 Adamawa
U.6 Ijoid
U.7 Mande
U.8 Atlantic
U.9 Kordofanian
V. NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGES
V.1 East Sudanic
V.2 Kado/Kadugli
V.3 Koman, Gumuz
V.4 Central Sudanic
V.5 Maban, Foran, Berta, Kunama
V.6 Saharan
V.7 Kuliak
V.8 Songai
V.9 (not used)
W. KHOESAN LANGUAGES
W.0 Miscellaneous Khoesan
W.1 Ju (North Khoesan)
W.2 Kwi, Tuu, !Ui-Taa (South Khoesan)
W.3 Khwe (Central Khoesan)
W.4 Sandawe
W.5 Hadza
X. AFROASIATIC LANGUAGES
X.1 Berber
X.2 Semitic
X.3 Cushitic
X.4 Omotic
X.5 Chadic
X.6 Ancient Egyptian & Coptic
Y. OTHER LANGUAGES
Y.0 Unclassified
Y.1 Austronesian
Y.2 Germanic
Y.3 Romance
Y.4 Various European/Eurasian
Y.5 South Asian (Indian)
Y.6 Asian, Oceanic, Australian
Y.7 (not used)
Y.8 (not used)
Y.9 Sign languages
Z. NEW LANGUAGES IN AFRICA
see further below
Niger-Congo
Indoeuropean
4
6
7
8
2
Nilosaharan
Saharan
Songhai
Afroasiatic
Ju
Khwe
Kwi
Austronesian
living remnant
languages
Bete
Kujarge
Nemadi
Imeraguen
Cen Tuum
Laal
Shabo
Ongota
Sandawe
Hadza
3
5
1
10
9
JFM 2005
NILOSAHARAN
KHOESAN
NIGER-CONGO
AFROASIATIC
OTHERS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
East H
Kuliak
MAJOR LANGUAGE GROUPINGS IN AFRICA
THE BANTU LANGUAGES (A-S)
Entries dealing with Bantu languages (and speakers thereof) have been coded with
the general Bantu code BNT as well as a language-specific code, such as, for
instance, A.75 for Fang. Tervurens J-Zone has been marked with a prefixed J., as in
J.D.51. The language-specific codes derive originally from Malcolm Guthries
Comparative Bantu (1967/1971). Others derive from Maho (2003, 2008). Code
numbers that appear to be missing from the list below are not used (cfr Maho 2008).
A.101 Oroko
A.11 Londo (ba Nanga), Lundu
A.111 Ngolo
A.112 Bima
A.113 Lotanga, Dotanga, Batanga
A.114 Koko, Lokoko, Bakoko
A.115 Londo ba Diko
A.12 Lue, Lolue, Balue, West Kundu
A.121 Mbonge
A.122 Kundu, Lokundu, Bakundu
A.123 Ekombe
A.13 Balong
A.14 Bonkeng
A.141 Bafo, Lefo, Bafaw
A.15 Manenguba, Mbo
A.151 Nkongho, Kinkwa, Upper Mbo
A.21 Bomboko, Mboko, Wumboko
A.22 Kpe, Mokpwe, Bakwiri
A.221 Bobe, Bubia
A.23 Su, Isu, Isubu, Bimbia
A.231 Kole, Bakolle
A.24 Duala
A.241 Bodiman
A.25 Oli, Ewodi, Wuri
A.26 Pongo
A.261 Mongo, Mungo
A.27 Limba, Mulimba, Malimba
A.31 Bobe, Bubi, Ediya
A.32 Batanga (cluster)
A.32a Banoo (at Londgi), Nohu, Noko
A.32b Bapoko (at Kribi), Puku, Naka
A.32c Batanga at Fifinda
A.33a Yasa
A.33b Kombe, Ngumbi
A.34 Benga
B
C
A
D
E
F
G
H
K
L
M
N
P
S
R
JE
JD
JFM ' 2007
BANTU LANGUAGE ZONES
A.41/42 Lombi-Bankon
A.41 Lombi, Rombi
A.42 Bankon, Abo
A.43a Basaa, Mbene, Mvele
A.43b Bakoko, incl. North Kogo [A.43b], South Kogo [A.43c]
A.44 Nen, Tunen, Banen, incl. Alinga, Eling [A.441]
A.45 Nyoo, Nyokon
A.46 Mandi, Lemande, Numaand
A.461 Bonek, Ponek, Otomb, Tuotomb
A.462 Yambeta
A.501 Hijuk
A.51 Fa, Fak, Balom
A.52 Kaalong, Mbong, Dimbong
A.53 Kpa, Rikpa, Bafia
A.54 Ngayaba, Djanti, Tibea
A.601 Ki, Tuki, incl. Ngoro [A.61], Bacenga [A.64]
A.62 Central Yambasa
A.62a Yangben
A.62b Mmaala
A.62c Nulibie, Elip
A.621 Nubaca
A.622 Gunu, Nugunu
A.623 Mbule
A.63 Mangisa, Mengisa
A.65 Bati
A.71 Eton
A.72(a) Ewondo, Yaunde
A.72b Mvele
A.72c Bakja, Badjia
A.72d Yangafek
A.73a Bebele
A.73b Gbigbil, Bebil
A.74 Bulu-Bene
A.74a Bulu
A.74b Bene
A.75 Fang, Pangwe
A.75a Ntumu
A.75b Okak
A.75c Make
A.75d Atsi
A.75e Nzaman, Zaman
A.75f Mveny
A.751 ? South-West Fang
A.801 Gyele, Bagyeli
A.802 Ukwedjo, Ukhwejo
A.803 Shiwa, Oshieba, Ossyeba
A.81 Mvumbo, Kwasio, Ngumba
A.82 So
A.83 Makaa, South Makaa
A.83a Bebend
A.83b Mbwaanz
A.83c Shikunda, Sekunda
A.831 Byep, North Makaa
A.832 Bekol, Kol, Bikele
A.84 Njem
A.841 Bajue, Badwee
A.842 Koonzime
A.85a Nkonabeeb, Konabem
A.85b Bekwel, Bakwele
A.86a Mezime, Medjime
A.86b Mpompon, Bombo
A.86c Mpiemo, Mbimu
A.87 Bomwali, Sanghasangha
A.91 Kwakum, Bakum
A.92a Pol
A.92b Pomo
A.92c Kweso
A.93 Kako, Kaka, Yaka
B.11 Myene cluster
B.11a Mpongwe
B.11b Rongo, Orungu
B.11c Galwa
B.11d Dyumba, Adjumba
B.11e Nkomi
B.11f Enenga
B.201 Ndasa, Andasa
B.202 Sig(h)u, Lisighu
B.203 Sama, Osamayi
B.204 Ndambomo
B.205 Metombola
B.21 Seki(yani), Bulu, Sheke
B.211 Molengue, Balengue
B.22 Kili, Kele, Akele
B.22a West Kele
B.22b Ngom, Ungom(o)
B.22c Bubi
B.22d Tombidi
B.22e Mwesa
B.23 Mbangwe
B.24 Wumbvu, Wumvu
B.25 Kota, Ikota
B.251 Shake, Asake
B.252 Mahongwe
B.301 Viya, Gheviva, Eviya, Avias
B.302 Himba(ka), Ghehimba(ka), Simba, (Nsindak?)
B.303 Bongwe, Ebongwe, Ghebongwe
B.304 Pinzi, Ghepinzi, Apindji
B.305 Vove, Ghevove, Pove, Bubi
B.31 Tsogo, Ghetsogo, Mitsogo
B.32 Kande, Okande
B.401 Bwisi
B.402 Varama, Barama
B.403 Vungu, Vumbu
B.404 Ngubi
B.41 Shira, Sira
B.411 Bwali
B.42 Sangu, Shango
B.43 Punu
B.44 Lumbu
B.501 Wanzi )
B.502 Mwele )
B.503 Vili, Ibhili )
B.51 Duma, Adouma )
B.52 Nzebi, Njabi )
B.53 Tsaangi, Tsengi )
)
B.601 Mpini )
B.602 Kaningi ) \
B.603 Yangho, Yongho ) |
B.61 Mbete, Mbere ) | (Forms a genealogical unit.)
B.62 Mbaama, Mbamba ) |
B.63 Nduumo, Mindumbu ) |
|
B.701 Tsitsege, Latsitsege |
B.71 Teghe, North Teke |
B.71a Keteghe, Tege-Kali |
B.71b Kateghe, Njiningi, Nzikini |
B.72 North-East Teke |
B.72a Ngungwel, Ngungulu |
B.72b Mpumpu |
B.73 West Teke ) |
B.73a Tsaayi ) |
B.73b Laali ) /
B.73c Yaa, Yaka )
B.73d Tee, Tyee, Kwe )
B.74 Central Teke
B.74a Njyunjyu, Ndzindziu
B.74b Boo, Boma
B.75 Bali, incl. Teke, Tio
B.76 East Teke
B.76a Mosieno
B.76b Ngee
B.77a Kukwa, South Teke
B.77b Fumu, South Teke
B.78 Wuumu, Wumbu
B.81 Tiene, Tende
B.82 Boma, Buma
B.821 Mpe, Kempee
B.822 Nunu
B.83 Mfinu, Funika, Mfununga
B.84 Mpuono, Mpuun, (Mbuun?), (Mbunda?)
B.85 Yans, Yanzi
B.85a Mbiem, West Yansi
B.85b East Yans
B.85c Yeei
B.85d Nsong, Tsong, Itsong, Ntsuo, Songo
B.85e Mpur, Mput
B.85f Tsambaan
B.86 Di, Dinga, Dzing
B.861 Ngul, incl. Ngwi
B.862 Lwel, Kelwer
B.863 Mpiin, Pindi
B.864 West Ngongo
B.865 Nzadi
B.87 the same as B.84 Mpuono
C.101 Dibole, Babole
C.102/103 Ngando-Kota
C.102 Ngando
C.103 Kota, Dikota
C.104 Yaka, Aka, incl. Babenzele
C.105 Mbenga
C.11 Ngondi, Ngundi
C.12 Pande-Gongo
C.12a Pande
C.12b Bogongo, Gongo
C.13 Mbati
C.14 Bomitaba, Mbomitaba, Bamitaba
C.141 Enyele, Inyele
C.142 Bondongo
C.143 Mbonzo, Impfondo
C.15 Bongili, Bongiri
C.16 Lobala, incl. Likoka, Iboko
C.161 Bomboli, Bombongo
C.162 Bozaba
C.201 Bwenyi
C.21 Mboko, Mboxo, incl. Ngare [C.23]
C.22 Akwa
C.24 Koyo
C.25 Mbos(h)i
C.26 Kwala, Likwala
C.27 Kuba, Likuba
C.301 Doko
C.302 Bolondo, Bundulu
C.31a Loi, incl Likila
C.31b Ngiri
C.31c Nunu, Kenunu
C.311 Maba(a)le
C.312 Ndo(o)bo
C.313 Litoka
C.314 Balobo
C.315 Enga, Baenga-Bolombo
C.32 Bangi, incl. Liku, Moi, Rebu
C.321 Binza, Libinza
C.322 Dzamba, Zamba
C.323 Mpama
C.33 Sengele
C.34 Sakata cluster
C.34a Sakata proper
C.34b Djia, Wadia
C.34c Bai, Kibay
C.34d Tuku, Ketu, Batow
C.35a Ntomba, incl. Ntomba-Bikoro
C.35b Bolia
C.35c Sakanyi, Lotsakani
C.351 Mpombo, Mbompo
C.36 Losengo cluster
C.36a Poto, Pfoto, incl. Yakata
C.36b Mpesa, Limpesa
C.36c Mbudza
C.36d Mangala, Ngala
C.36e Boloki
C.36f Kangana
C.36g Ndolo
C.36h Yamongeri
C.37 Budza, Buja
C.371 Tembo, Motembo
C.372 Kunda
C.373 Gbuta, Egbuta
C.374 Babale
C.401 Pagibete
C.403 Kango, Likango
C.41 Ngombe
C.41a Ngombe of the Congo River
C.41b Ngombe at Bosobolo, North Ngombe
C.41c Ngombe at Libenge, North-West Ngombe
C.41d Binza, East Ngombe
C.411 Bomboma
C.412 Bamwe
C.413 Dzando
C.414 Ligendza
C.415 Likula
C.42 Bwela, Lingi
C.43 Benge-Baati
C.43a Baati
C.43b Benge
C.43c Boganga-Boyanga
C.44 Bwa (cluster), Boa, incl. Ligbe, Yewu [C.402]
C.441 Bango, Babango, South-West Bwa
C.45 Ngelima, Angba
C.45a Beo
C.45b Buru
C.45c Tungu
C.501 Likile
C.502 Linga, Elinga
C.51 Mbesa
C.52 So, Soko, Eso
C.53 Poke, Pfoke, Topoke, Gesogo
C.54 Lombo, Turumbu
C.55 Kele, Lokele
C.56 Foma
C.61 Mongo-Nkundo, Lomongo, Lonkundo
C.61a Bakutu
C.61b Bokote, incl. Ngata
C.61c Booli
C.61d Bosaka
C.61e Konda, Ekonda, incl. Bosanga-Ekonda
C.61f Ekota
C.61g Emoma
C.61h Ikongo, incl. Lokalo-Lomela
C.61i Iyembe
C.61j Lionje, Nsongo, Ntomba
C.61k Yamongo
C.61l Mbole, incl. Nkengo, Yenge, Yongo, Bosanga-Mbole, Lwankamba
C.61m Nkole
C.61n South Mongo, incl. Bolongo, Belo, Panga, Acitu
C.61o Yailima
C.61p Ngombe-Lomela, Longombe
C.611 Bafoto (Batswa de lEquateur)
C.62 Lalia
C.63 Ngando
C.701 Langa
C.71 Tetela, incl. Hamba
C.72 Kusu, Fuluka, Kongola
C.73 Nkutu, Nkucu
C.74 Yela, incl. Elembe, Lokalo-Jwafa
C.75 Kela, Lemba
C.76 Ombo
C.81 Dengese, Nkutu
C.82 Hendo, Lohendo, Songomeno
C.83 Bushoong, Kuba
C.83a Ngeende, Ngendi
C.83b Ngongo
C.83c Pyaang, Pianga, Piong
C.83d Shuwa, Loshoobo
C.84 Lele
C.85 Wongo, Tukungo
D.11 Mbole
D.12 Lengola
D.13 Metoko, Mituku
D.14 Enya, Ena, Genya
D.14a Enya at Kisangani
D.14b Enya at Kongolo
D.141 ? Zura, Zula
D.201 Liko, Lika
D.21 Baali, South-East Bua (Bwa)
D.211 Kango, Dikango
D.22 Amba, Kwamba, Rwamba
D.23 Komo, Kumu
D.24 Songola, Songoora, North Binja
D.25 Lega-Mwenga, Lega-Ntara, Isile
D.251 Lega-Malinga, Lega-Shabunda, incl. Kanu, Kwami
D.26 Zimba, Nyangwe, South Binja
D.27 Bangubangu
D.28 Holoholo
D.28a West Holoholo (Congo-Kinshasa), Guha, Kalanga
D.28b East Holoholo (Tanzania)
D.281 ? Tumbwe, Etumbwe
D.282 ? Lumbwe
D.301 Kari, Kare
D.302 Guru, Boguru, Kogoro
D.303 Ngbinda, Ngminda
D.304 Homa
D.305 Nyanga-li
D.306 Gbati-ri
D.307 Mayeka
D.308 Bodo (CAR)
D.31 Bhele, Peri, Pere
D.311 Bila, Forest Bira
D.312 Kaiku
D.313 Ibutu, Mbuttu
D.32 Bira, Plains Bira, Sese, Sumbura
D.33 Nyali, Huku
D.331 Bvanuma, South Nyali
D.332 Budu, Bodo, Ebudu
D.333 Ndaaka
D.334 Mbo, Imbo
D.335 Beeke, Ibeeke
D.336 Ngbee
D.43 Nyanga
D.54 Bembe
D.55 Buyi
E.46 Temi, Sonjo
E.51 Kikuyu, Gikuyu
E.52 Embo
E.53 Mero
E.531 Mwimbi-Muthambi
E.54 Tharaka
E.541 Cuka, Chuka
E.55 Kamba
E.56 Daisu, Se(n)geju
E.621 West Kilimanjaro, Chaga
E.621a Rwa, Rwo, Meru
E.621b Macame, Hai
E.621c Siha
E.621d Kiwoso, incl. Kindi, Kombo, Mweka
E.621e Masama
E.621f Nguni
E.622 Central Kilimanjaro, Chaga
E.622a Mochi
E.622b Mbokomu
E.622c Wuunjo, incl. Kiruwa, Kilema, Morangu, Mamba, Mwika
E.622d Uru
E.623 Rombo
E.623a Useri, Kiseri
E.623b Mashati
E.623c Mkuu
E.623d Keni
E.63 Arusha-Chini, Rusha, Kuma
E.64 Kahe
E.65 Gweno
E.701 Elwana, Mala(n)kote
E.71 Pokomo, Pfokomo
E.71a Upper Pokomo
E.71b Lower Pokomo, Malachini
E.72 North Mijikenda, Nyika
E.72a Giryama
E.72b Kauma
E.72c Conyi
E.72d Duruma
E.72e Rabai
E.72f Jibana
E.72g Kambe
E.72h Ribe
E.73-732 South Mijikenda
E.73 Digo
E.731 Se(n)geju
E.732 Degere
E.74 Taita
E.74a Dabida, Tubeta
E.74c Kasigau
E.741 Sagala
F.11 Tongwe
F.12 Bende
F.21 Sukuma, Gwe
F.22 Nyamwesi
F.23 Sumbwa
F.24 Kimbu
F.25 Bungu
F.31 Nilamba, Ilamba
F.32 Nyaturu, Remi
F.33 Rangi, Langi, Irangi
F.34 Mbugwe, Buwe
G.11 Gogo
G.12 Kagulu, North Sagara, Megi
G.22 Pare, Pare-Asu, Chasu
G.221 Mbugu, Kimbugu cha Kawaida, Outer Mbugu, Normal Mbugu
G.23 Shambala, Shambaa
G.24 Bondei
G.301 Doe
G.31 Zigula, Zigua
G.311 Mushungulu (Somalia), incl. Shanbara
G.32 Nghwele, incl. Kwere
G.33 Zaramo, Dzalamo
G.34 Ngulu
G.35 Ruguru, Luguru
G.36 Kami
G.37 Kutu
G.38 Vidunda
G.39 Sagala
G.402 Makwe
G.403 Mwani
G.404 Sidi (Pakistan), Habsi
G.41-43 Swahili, Kiswahili
G.41 Tikuu, Tikulu, Bajuni, Gunya
G.411 Socotra Swahili
G.412 Mwiini, Miini, Barawa, Mbalazi
G.42a Amu, Pate, Siu, Ozi
G.42b Mombasa Swahili, Mvita, Ngare, Jomvu, Changamwe, Kilindini
G.42c Mrima, Mtangata, Lugha ya Zamani
G.42d Unguja
G.42e Mambrui, Malindi
G.42f Fundi, Chifundi
G.42g Chwaka
G.42h Vumba
G.42i Nosse Be (Madagascar)
G.43a Pemba
G.43b Tumbatu
G.43c Makunduchi, Ka(l)e, Hadimu
G.43d Mafia, Mbwera
G.43e Kilwa
G.43f Mgao
G.44 Comorian
G.44a Ngazija, Shingazidja
G.44b Njuani, Hinzua
G.44c Mwali
G.44d Maore
G.51 Pogolo, Pogoro
G.52 Ndamba
G.61 Sango, Rori
G.62 Hehe
G.63 Bena
G.64 Pangwa
G.65 Kinga
G.66 Wanji
G.67 Kisi
H.11 Bembe, incl. Keenge
H.111 Hangala, Ghaangala
H.112 Kamba-Doondo
H.112a Kamba
H.112b Doondo
H.12 Vili, Civili
H.13 Kunyi
H.131 Suundi, Sundi-Kifouma, Kimongo-Suundi
H.14 Ndingi (Cabinda), Ndinzi
H.15 Mboka (Cabinda)
H.16 Kikongo, Kongo
H.16a South Kongo, incl. Kisikongo, Mboma, Songo, Solongo
H.16b Central Kongo, incl. Suundi, Mazinga, Manyanga
H.16c Yombe
H.16d West Kongo, incl. Woyo, Fiote, Kakongo, Kako
H.16e Bwende, incl. Sonde
H.16f Laadi
H.16g East Kongo, incl. Santu, Ntandu
H.16h South-East Kongo, incl. Nkanu, Zoombo, Pende
H.21 Mbundu cluster
H.21a Kimbundu, Ngola
H.21b Mbamba, Njinga
H.22 Sama
H.23 Bolo, Haka
H.24 Songo, Nsongo
H.31 Yaka, Kiyaka, incl. Ngoongo, Pelende, Lonzo
H.32 Suku
H.321 Soonde
H.34 Mbangala
H.35 Shinji, Yungo
H.41 Mbala
H.42 Hunganna, Huana
J.D.41 Konzo, Konjo
J.D.42 Ndandi, Nandi, Yari
J.D.501 Nyindu
J.D.502 Yaka
J.D.51 Hunde, Kobi
J.D.52 Haavu
J.D.53 Shi, Nyabungu
J.D.531 Tembo
J.D.56 Bwari, Kabwari
J.D.61 Ruanda, Kinyarwanda
J.D.62 Rundi, Kirundi
J.D.63 Fuliiro
J.D.631 Vira, Joba
J.D.64 Subi, Shubi, Sinja
J.D.65 Hangaza
J.D.66 Ha
J.D.67 Vinza
J.E.101 Gungu
J.E.102 Talinga-Bwisi
J.E.103 Ruli, Luduuli
J.E.11 Nyoro, Kyopi )
J.E.12 Tooro )
J.E.121 Hema )
J.E.13/14 Nyankore-Kiga ) \
J.E.13 Nyankore, Nkole ) |
J.E.14 Kiga, Ciga ) |
J.E.15 Ganda | Rutara = JE11-14, JE21-24
J.E.16 Soga, incl. Kenyi |
J.E.17 Gwere |
J.E.18 West Nyala |
|
J.E.21 Nyambo, Karagwe ) |
J.E.22 Haya ) /
J.E.23 Zinza, Dzindza )
J.E.24 Kerebe )
J.E.25 Jita )
J.E.251 Kwaya ) Suguti
J.E.252 Kara, Regi )
J.E.253 Ruri, Rori )
J.E.31 Masaba cluster
J.E.31a Gisu
J.E.31b Kisu
J.E.31c Bukusu
J.E.31d Syan
J.E.31e Tachon, Tatsoni
J.E.31f Dadiri
J.E.31g Buya
J.E.32 Lu(h)yia cluster
J.E.32a Hanga, Wanga
J.E.32b Tsotso
J.E.32c Marama
J.E.32d Kisa
J.E.32e Kabarasi, Kabras
J.E.32f East Nyala
J.E.33 Nyore
J.E.34 Saamia
J.E.341 Xaayo, Khayo
J.E.342 Marachi
J.E.343 Songa
J.E.35 Nyuli, Nyole
J.E.401 Ngur(u)imi, Ngoreme
J.E.402 Ikizu
J.E.403 Suba
J.E.404 Shashi, Sizaki
J.E.405 Kabwa
J.E.406 Singa, Cula
J.E.407 Ware
J.E.41 Logooli, Ragoli
J.E.411 Idaxo, Itoxo
J.E.412 Isuxa, Isukha
J.E.413 Tiriki
J.E.42 Gusii, Kisii
J.E.43 Kuria, Koria
J.E.431 Simbiti
J.E.432 Hacha
J.E.433 Surwa
J.E.434 Sweta
J.E.44 Zanaki
J.E.45 Ikoma, Nata
K.11 Ciokwe, Chokwe, Tshokwe
K.12a Luimbi
K.12b Ngangela, Nyemba
K.13 Luchazi, Lujazi, Ponda
K.14 Lwena, Luvale
K.15 Mbunda, Mbuunda
K.16 Nyengo
K.17 Mbwela
K.18 Nkangala
K.21 Lozi, Kolololo
K.31 Luyana, Luyi
K.32 Mbowe
K.321 Mbume
K.322 Liyuwa
K.33 Kwangali, Kwangari
K.33a Kwangali (proper)
K.33b Mbundza
K.332 Manyo, Rumanyo, incl. Sambyu, Gciriku (Dciriku)
K.333 Mbukushu
K.334 Mbogedu, Rumanyo
K.34 Masi, Mashi
K.35 Simaa
K.351 Mulonga
K.352 Mwenyi
K.353 Koma, Makoma
K.354 Imilangu
K.36 Shanjo
K.37 Kwangwa, incl. Kwandi [K.371]
K.402 Fwe
K.41 Totela of Zambia
K.411 Totela of Namibia
K.42 Subiya, Ikuhane, incl. Mbalangwe [K.401]
L.101 Sonde
L.11 Pende, Pheende
L.12a Samba, Tsamba, Tsaam
L.12b Holo, Holu, Hongu
L.13 Kwese, Kwezo, Pindi
L.201 Budya
L.202 Yazi
L.21 Kete
L.22 Mbagani, Binji
L.221 Lwalwa, Lwalu
L.23 Songe, Yembe
L.231 Binji, Bindji
L.24 Luna-Inkongo
L.301 Kebwe
L.31 Luba-Lulua
L.31a Luba-Kasai, Tshiluba, Ciluba
L.31b Lulua, Luluwa, West Luba
L.32 Kanyoka
L.33 Luba-Katanga, Kiluba
L.331 Zeela
L.34 Hemba, East Luba
L.35 Sanga, Garengaze, South Luba
L.41 Kaonde, Kahonde
L.51 Salampasu, incl. Luntu [L.511]
L.52 Lunda
L.53 Ruund, Luwunda
L.60 Nkoya (cluster)
L.601 Kolwe, Lukolwe
L.602 Lushangi
L.603 Shasha, Mashasha
L.61 Mbwera, Mbwela
L.62 Nkoya proper
M.11 Pimbwe
M.12 Rungwa
M.13 Fipa
M.131 Ku(u)lwe
M.14/15 Mambwe-Lungu
M.14 Rungu
M.15 Mambwe
M.201 Lambya, Rambia
M.201a North Lambya (Tanzania)
M.201b Central Lambya (Malawi)
M.201c South Lambya (Zambia)
M.202 Sukwa
M.21 Wanda, Wandia
M.22 Mwanga, Namwanga
M.23 Nyiha, Nyika
M.24 Malila
M.25 Safwa
M.26 Iwa
M.27 Tambo
M.301 Ndali
M.302 Penja
M.31 Nyakyusa-Ngonde, Sokili
M.31a Nyakyusa proper, Nyekyosa
M.31b Kukwe, Ngumba
M.31c Mwamba, Lugulu, Sokelo
M.31d Ngonde
M.31e Kaaselya, Selya
M.401 Bwile
M.402 Aushi, Usi
M.41 Taabwa, Rungu, incl. Shila
M.42 Bemba, Icibemba, incl. Bangweulu Twa
M.51-522 Lala-Bisa
M.51 Bi(i)sa
M.52 Lala
M.521 Ambo
M.522 Luano
M.53 Swaka
M.54 Lamba
M.541 Lima, Bulima
M.542 Temba
M.55 Seba, Shishi
M.61 Lenje, Ciina Mukuni
M.611 Lukanga Twa
M.62 Soli
M.63 Ila
M.631 Sala
M.632 Lundwe
M.633 Kafue Twa
M.64 Tonga, incl. Leya, Mala, Plateau Tonga, Valley Tonga, Ndawe, Dombe
N.101 Ndendeule
N.102 Nindi
N.11 Manda-Matumba
N.12 Ngoni of Tanzania
N.121 Ngoni of Malawi
N.13 Matengo
N.14 Mpoto
N.15 Tonga, Siska
N.201 Mwera of Mbamba Bay
N.21 Tumbuka cluster, Chitumbuka
N.21a Tumbuka proper
N.21b Poka
N.21c Kamanga, Henga
N.21d Senga
N.21e Yombe
N.21f Fungwe
N.21g Wenya
N.31 Chewa-Nyanja, Nyanja-Chewa, Chichewa
N.31a Nyanja
N.31b Cewa, Chewa
N.31c Manganja
N.31d Nyasa (Mozambique), Nyasa-Cewa
N.41 Nsenga, Cinsenga, Senga, incl. Phimbi
N.42 Kunda, Chikunda
N.43 Nyungwe, Chinyungwe, Tete
N.44 Sena, incl. Rue/Barwe [N.45], Podzo [N.46]
N.441 Sena-Malawi
P.11 Ndengeleko, incl. Rufiji/Ruihi [P.12]
P.13 Matuumbi, Kimatuumbi
P.14 Ngindo
P.15 Mbunga
P.21/22 Yao-Mwera
P.21 Yao, Ciyao
P.22 Mwera
P.23 Makonde, incl. Machinga
P.24 Ndonde, Mawanda
P.25 Mabiha, Mavia
P.31 Makhuwa, Emakhuwa, Makua
P.31a Makhuwa-Makhuwana
P.31b Me(e)tto
P.31c Chirima, incl. Kokola, Lolo, Manyawa, Marenje, Takwane
P.31d Marrevone
P.31e Naharra
P.31f Esaka
P.31g Ruvuma Makhuwa, incl. Imithupi, Ikorovere
P.311 Koti, Ekoti, Angoje
P.312 Sakati, Sangaji, Nathembo
P.32 Lomwe, West Makhuwa
P.33 Ngulu, Mihavane
P.331 Lomwe of Malawi
P.34 Echuwabo, Cuabo
R.101 Kuvale
R.102 Kwisi
R.103 Mbali, Olumbali
R.11 Umbundu, Mbundu, Nano
R.12 Ndombe
R.13/14 Nyaneka-Nkhumbi
R.13 Nyaneka, Nhaneca
R.14 Nkhumbi, Khumbi
R.20 Wambo, Oshiwambo
R.21 Kwanyama )
R.211 Kafima ) North Wambo = R21-218
R.212 Evale )
R.213 Mbandja )
R.214 Mbalanhu )
R.215 Ndongwena )
R.216 Kwankwa )
R.217 Dombondola )
R.218 Esinga )
R.22 Ndonga )
R.23 Kwambi ) South Wambo = R22-242
R.24 Ngandjera )
R.241 Kwaluudhi )
R.242 Kolonkadhi-Eunda )
R.30 Herero, Otjiherero
R.31a Central Herero
R.31b Mbanderu, East Herero
R.311 North-West Herero, Kaokoland Herero, incl. Zemba, Cimba
R.312 Botswana Herero
R.41 Yeyi, Siyei, Kuba
R.41a East Caprivi Yeyi
R.41b Ngamiland Yeyi
S.10 Shona, Chishona
S.11 Korekore, incl. Tavara, Shangwe, Gova, Budya
S.12 Zezuru, incl. Shawasha, Harava, Gova, Hera, Nobvu, Chikwakwa
S.13 Manyika, incl. Tebe, Hungwe
S.14 Karanga, incl. Duma, Govera, Mhari, Nyubi
S.15 Ndau, Sofala, incl. Tonga, Garwe, Danda, Shanga
S.16 Kalanga, Ikalanga, West Shona
S.16a Kalanga (proper)
S.16b Nambya, Nanzwa
S.16c Lilima, Humbe
S.16d Nyai, Rozvi
S.16e Lemba, Remba
S.16f Lembethu, Rembethu
S.16g Twamamba, Xwamamba
S.16h Pfumbi
S.16i Ja(w)unda
S.16j Romwe
S.16k Peri
S.16l Talahundra
S.21 Venda, Tshivenda
S.21a Phani
S.21b Ilafuri
S.21c Manda
S.21d Mbedzi
S.21e Tavhatsindi
S.21f Ronga
S.301 Phalaborwa
S.302-304 East Sotho
S.302 Kutswe
S.303 Pai
S.304 Pulana
S.31 Tswana, Setswana
S.311 Kgalagadi, Sekgalagadi, Qhalaxari
S.32 North Sotho, Sesotho sa Leboa, Sepedi
S.33 South Sotho, Sesotho
S.401 Old Mfengu, Fingo
S.402 Bhaca, Baca
S.403 Hlubi (in former Transkei)
S.404 Phuthi
S.405 Nhlangwini
S.406 Lala
S.407 South Ndebele, Isikhethu, incl. Nrebele, Ndzundza
S.408 Sumayela Ndebele
S.41 Xhosa, Isixhosa
S.42 Zulu, Isizulu
S.43 Swati, Swazi, Siswati, Ngwane
S.44 Ndebele of Zimbabwe, Sindebele
S.51 Tswa, Xitswa
S.511 Hlengwe
S.53 Changana, Tsonga
S.53a Xiluleke
S.53b Nwalungu
S.53c Hlave
S.53d Nkuna
S.53e Gwamba
S.53f Nhlanganu
S.53g Djonga, Jonga
S.53h Bila
S.54 Rhonga, Xironga
S.61 Copi, Cicopi, incl. Lenge [S.611]
S.62 Tonga, Gitonga, Shengwe
THE BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES (T)
T.0 MISCELLANEOUS BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES
T.001 Oko-Osayen-Eni
T.002 Ukaan
T.003 Akpes
T.004 Beezen
T.005 Mashi
T.006 Afudu
T.007 Bukwen
T.008 Fali of Baissa
T.1 BANTOID (Williamson & Blench 2000, Watters & Leroy 1989)
T.101 Tikar, Ndob
T.102 Buru
T.103 Busuu, Furu
T.104 Bishuo, Furu
T.105 Bikya, Furu
T.11 NORTH BANTOID (Hedinger 1989)
T.111 MAMBILOID (Connell 2000, 2001)
T.111a Vute
T.111b Wawa
T.111c Tep
T.111d Mambila
T.111e Cambap, Twendi
T.111f Mbongno
T.111g Mvano
T.111h Somyev
T.111i Konja, Kwanja
T.111j Nizaa, Suga
T.111k Ndoro, Ndoola
T.111l Fam, Konga
T.111m Njerup
T.111n Ndunda
T.111o Kasabe, Luo
T.111p Yeni
T.111q Nor, Ju Nori
T.111r Njanga
T.112 DAKOID
T.112a Samba Daka, Chamba Daka
T.112b Lamja-Dengsa-Tola
T.112c Dirim, Daka
T.112d Taram
Bantoid, excl. Bantu
Cross River
Defoid
Edoid
Idomoid
Igboid
Kainji
Nupoid
Platoid
JFM 2003
BENUE-CONGO LANGUAGES
T.113 TIBA
T.113 Tiba
T.12-T.19 SOUTH BANTOID (Watters & Leroy 1989)
T.121 MBAM
T.121 = parts of Bantu A40 + Bantu A60
T.122 JARAWAN
T.122a Jar cluster
T.122b Bile
T.122c Dulbu
T.122d Shiki
T.122e Gwa
T.122f Labir
T.122g Kulung
T.122h Lame cluster, incl. Ruhu, Mbaru, Gura
T.122i Mama
T.122j Mbula-Bwazza, Tambo
T.122k Mbonga
T.122l Ngong
T.122m Nagumi
T.123 TIVOID
T.123a Otank, Utange
T.123b Ukwese
T.123c Undir
T.123d Bitare
T.123e Abong
T.123f Batu
T.123g Eman
T.123h Iceve-Maci
T.123i Evand
T.123j Iyive
T.123k Tiv
T.123l Ugare
T.123m Esimbi
T.123n Ipulo
T.123o Caka
T.123p Ihatum
T.124 BEBOID (Hamm 1999, Hamm et al. 2001, Brye & Brye 2001)
T.124a Bu-Mundabli-Ninkada
T.124b Abar-Misong-Munken
T.124c Fang-Koshin
T.124d Mbu
T.124e Naki, Mekaf
T.124f Bebe
T.124g Kemezung
T.124h Nsari
T.124i Cung
T.124j Noone
T.124k Ncane
T.124l Mungong
T.125 EKOID
T.125a Ejagham
T.125b Ndoe cluster, incl. Ekparabong, Balep
T.125c Bakor cluster, incl. Abanyom, Efutop, Nsele-Nde-Nta, Nnam,
Ekajuk, Nkum, Nkem
T.126 MAMFE (NYANG)
T.126a Kenyang
T.126b Denya
T.126c Kendem, Bandem
T.127 MBE
T.127 Mbe
T.128 NDEMLI
T.128 Ndemli
T.13-T.19 WIDE GRASSFIELDS (Watters & Leroy 1989, Watters 2003)
T.131 MENCHUM
T.131a Modele
T.131b Befang
T.132(-T.133) WEST MOMO
T.132a Busam
T.132b Etoh, Atong
T.132c Manta
T.133 Ambele
T.14 MOMO (MUNDANI)
T.141 Ngwo
T.142 Ngishe, Oshie
T.143 Ngie
T.144 Moghamo (Widekum), Meta (Menemo), Ngamambo
T.145 Menka
T.146 Mundani
T.147 Njen
T.15 RING
T.151a Aghem, incl. Weh, Isu, Wum
T.151b Oso, South Fungom
T.151c Fungom
T.151d Laimbue
T.152a Bum-Mmen
T.152b Kom, Nkom, Bikom
T.152c Babanki
T.152d Oku, Kuo
T.153 Lamnso
T.154a Vengo, Babungo
T.154b Kenswei nsei
T.154c Wushi, Babessi
T.154d Bamunka
T.16-T.19 MBAM-NKAM
T.16 NKAMBE
T.161 Dzodinka, Adere
T.162 Mfumte
T.163 Limbum
T.164 Mbe
T.165 Yamba, Mbem
T.166 Ndaktup
T.167 ? Kwaja
T.17 NGEMBA
T.171 Ngemba, incl. Mankon, Awing (Bamukumbit), Mundum
T.172 Bambili-Bafut
T.173 Pinyin
T.174 Nkwen, Mendankwe
T.175 Kpati
T.18 NUN
T.181 Mungaka, Bali
T.182 Bamun cluster, incl. Shupamen, Papia (Baba), Chuufi (Bafanji),
Ngoobechop (Bamali), Mboyakum (Bambalang), Bangolan
T.183 Medumba, Bangangte
T.184 Bamenyam, Mamenyam
T.19 BAMILEKE
T.191 Ngombale
T.192 Megaka, Bagam, Egap
T.193 Ngomba, Ndaa
T.194 Bamboutos cluster, incl. Ngiemboon, Yemba (Dschang), Nweh
T.195 Ghomala, Banjun
T.196 Fefe, Bafang
T.197 Kwa, Bakwa
T.198 Ndanda
T.2 CROSS-RIVER (Faraclas 1989:381)
T.201 Akum
T.21 BENDI
T.211 Bekwarra
T.212 Bete-Bende
T.213 Obanliku, incl. Basang, Busi, Bisu, Bishiri, Bebi
T.214 Ukpe-Bayobiri
T.215 Ubang
T.216 Alege
T.217 Obe, incl. Utugwang, Okworogung, Okworotung, Afrike
T.218 Bumaji
T.219 Bokyi
T.22-T.28 DELTA-CROSS
T.22 CENTRAL DELTA
T.221 Abua
T.222 Odual, Saka
T.223 Kugbo, Mini
T.224 Ogbia, Kolo
T.225 Ogbronyagum, Bukuma
T.226 Obulom, Abuloma
T.227 Ogbogolo
T.228 ? Ochichi
T.23 OGONI
T.231 Kana
T.232 Gokana
T.233 Eleme
T.234 ? Ban, Ogoi
T.24-T.26 LOWER CROSS
T.241 Efik, Calabar
T.242 Ibibio
T.243 Itu mbom uszo
T.244 Anaang
T.245 Efiat
T.246 Eket
T.247 Enwang
T.248 Uda
T.249 Etebi
T.251 Ibuoro
T.252 Ebughu
T.253 Ibuno, Ibino
T.254 Idua, Ilue
T.255 Oro
T.256 Usakade, Usaghade
T.257 Okobo
T.258 Obolo, Andoni
T.259 Iko
T.261 ? Eki
T.262 ? Idere
T.263 ? Ito
T.264 ? Ukwa
T.27-T.28 UPPER CROSS
T.271 Oring, incl. Ufia, Ufiom, Okpoto
T.272 Kukele
T.273 Uzekwe
T.274 Ubaghara
T.275 Kohumono
T.276 Agwagwune
T.277 Umon
T.278 Olulumo-Ikom
T.279 Lokaa (Yakurr)-Nkukoli-Lubila
T.281 Mbembe-Legbo-Leyigba-Lenyima
T.282 Ukpet-Ehom
T.283 Agoi, Ibami
T.284 Doko-Uyanga, Basanga
T.285 Iyoniyong
T.286 Kiong
T.287 Korop
T.288 Odut
T.3 KAINJI (Gerhardt 1989:362-363)
T.31-T.35 WEST KAINJI
T.311 Baushi
T.312 Gurmana
T.313 Lela, Dakarkari
T.314 Duka
T.315 Peka-Keri-Wipsi-Geeri
T.316 Lyase
T.317 Reshe
T.321 Laru
T.322 Lopa
T.33 KAMBARI
T.331 Tsigadi, Agadi
T.332 Tsuvadi, Evadi
T.333 Baangi
T.334 Tsishingini, Ashingini
T.335 Yumu, Osisi
T.336 Cishingini, Agaushi
T.337 Tsikimba, Akimba
T.338 Agaraiwa, Nwanci
T.339 Cicipu, Cep, West Acipa
T.34 BASA
T.341 Basa Kontagora
T.342 Basa Gumna
T.343 Koromba
T.344 Basa Gurara, Basa Benue, Basa Makurdi
T.35 KAMUKU
T.351 Cinda-Regi-Tiyal, Kamuku
T.352 Acipa, Sagamuk
T.353 Hungwor
T.354 Shama-Sambuga
T.355 Canja
T.356 Sundura
T.357 Fungwa
T.358 Pongu
T.359 Rogo
T.36-T.39 EAST KAINJI
T.361 Piti
T.362 Atsam
T.363 Amo
T.37-T.39 NORTHERN JOS
T.371 Ningi, incl. Kuda-Chamo, Gamo-Ningi
T.372 Lame, incl. Gyem, Shau
T.373 Lere, incl. Takaya, Shi, Gana
T.374 Sanga-Moro-Izora
T.375 Gbiri-Niragu
T.376 Surubu
T.377 Kurama
T.378 Mala
T.379 Ruma
T.381 Bina
T.382 Kono
T.383 Vono, Kiballo
T.384 Tumi, Kitimi
T.385 Kinuku
T.386 Dungu
T.387 Shuwa-Zamani
T.388 Rishi
T.389 Kaivi, Nune
T.391 Seni-Ziriya-Kere
T.392 Janji
T.393 Jere, incl. Buji, Gusu, Jere, Ibunu-Gurrum, Panawa
T.394 Iguta
T.395 Tunzu
T.4 PLATOID (Gerhardt 1989:364-365)
T.401 Dong, Donga
T.402 Nkwak
T.403 Tapshin, Nsur
T.404 Migili-Ujijili (= South-Central Plateau)
T.405 Koro Ija
T.406 Koro Zuba
T.407 Babur
T.408 Nigbo
T.409 Nisam
T.41 NORTH PLATEAU
T.411 Kadara
T.412 Kuturmi
T.413 Ikulu
T.414 Idong, Idon
T.415 Doka
T.416 Iku-Gora-Ankwa
T.42-T.45 WEST PLATEAU
T.42 KORO
T.421 Ashe-Shadalafiya-Katugal
T.422 Begbere
T.423 Ejar
T.424 Idu, Lungu
T.425 Yeskwa
T.43 JABA
T.431 Kagoma
T.432 Shamang
T.433 Cori
T.434 Hyam
T.435 Kamantan, Angan
T.436 Zhire, Kenyi
T.44-T.45 SOUTH-WEST PLATEAU
T.441 Vaghat-Ya-Bijim-Legeri
T.442 Ninzam
T.443 Mada
T.444 Numana-Nunku-Gwanto-Numbu
T.445 Kaningkon-Nindem
T.446 Kanufi
T.447 Pai
T.448 Kuche
T.451 Yashi
T.452 Nungu, Rindre
T.453 Jidda-Abu
T.454 Ake
T.455 Eggon, Hill Mada
T.456 ? Ayu
T.457 ? Shall-Zwall
T.458 ? Ningye
T.46 CENTRAL PLATEAU
T.461 Berom, Chara
T.462 Aten
T.463 Rigwe
T.464 Izere, Zarek, Firan
T.465 Jju, Kaje
T.466 Katab, incl.Tyap, Gworok, Atakar, Sholio, Tyerak, ...
T.467 Nandu-Tari, incl. West-Central Plateau
T.47 SOUTH-EAST PLATEAU
T.471 Fyam
T.472 Horom
T.473 Mabo-Barkul
T.48-T.49 BENUE
T.48 TAROKOID
T.481 Tarok, Yergum
T.482 Bashar
T.483 Turkwam
T.484 Arum-Chesu
T.49 JUKUNOID
T.491 Yukuben-Kutep
T.492 Kpan-Icen
T.493 Mbembe Tigong, incl. Ashuku, Kporo
T.494 Kororofa, incl. Wapan, Jibe, Koba, Abinsi, Dampar
T.495 Jukun, incl. Jibu, Wase, Takum-Donga
T.496 Wurbo, incl. Como-Karim, Jiru, Shoo-Minda-Nye, Tita
T.5 IGBOID
T.511 Igbo
T.512 ? Ekpeye
T.6 IDOMOID (Armstrong 1989)
T.611 Yatye
T.612 Akpa
T.621 Eloyi
T.631 Igede
T.641 Etulo
T.651 Idoma
T.652 Alago
T.653 Yala
T.7 NUPOID (Blench 1989)
T.701 ? Egba
T.702 Gbedegi
T.711 Ebira, incl. Okene, Koto, Etuno
T.721 Gade
T.731 Gbagyi
T.732 Gbagyi Nkwa
T.733 Gbari
T.741 Asu
T.751 Kupa
T.752 Kakanda
T.761 Dibo
T.762 Kami
T.763 Gupa-Abawa
T.764 ? Agbi
T.771 Nupe
T.772 ? Nupe Tako
T.8 EDOID (Elugbe 1989:293)
T.81-T.82 NORTH-WEST EDOID
T.811 Ukue
T.812 Ehueun
T.813 Uhami
T.814 Osse
T.815 Iyayu
T.816 ? Aduge
T.821 Okpamheri
T.822 Emhalhe, Somorika
T.823 Oloma
T.824 Okpe-Idesa-Akuku
T.83-T.84 NORTH-CENTRAL EDOID
T.831 Ghotuo
T.832 Uneme
T.833 Yekhee-Etsako
T.841 Ora-Emai-Iuleha
T.842 Esan, Ishan
T.843 Edo, Bini
T.844 ? Okpela-Arhe-Ivbie
T.845 ? Sasaru-Enwan-Igwe
T.846 ? Ososo
T.847 ? Ikpeshi
T.85 SOUTH-WEST EDOID
T.851 Uvbie
T.852 Urhobo
T.853 Okpe, Ukpe
T.854 Isoko
T.855 Eruwa
T.86 DELTA EDOID
T.861 Degema
T.862 Engenni
T.863 Epie-Atisa
T.9 DEFOID (Capo 1989:281)
T.91 YORUBOID
T.911 Yoruba
T.912 Itsekiri
T.913 Igala
T.92 AKOKOID
T.921 Amgbe
T.93 AYERE-AHAN
T.931 Ayere
T.932 Ahan
THE NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES (U)
U.0 MISCELLANEOUS NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES
U.001 Dogon (Bendor-Samuel, Olsen & White 1989)
U.001a Tombo Soo
U.001b Donno Soo
U.001c Toro Soo
U.001d Jamsay
U.001e Togo Kan
U.001f Tomo Kan
U.002 Pre, Bere
U.003 Mpre
U.1 KWA (Stewart 1989:223-230)
U.101 Aproumu-Aizi
U.102 Esuma
U.111 Avikam
U.112 Alladian
U.113 Agneby, incl. Adioukrou, Abidji, Abbey
U.114 Attie
U.115 Ga-Dangme
U.12-16 POTOU-TANO
U.121 Akan )
U.121a Fante ) Tano languages
U.121b Twi, incl. Asante, Abrong, Akuapem, etc. ) = Volta-Comoe
U.122 North Bia, incl. Anyi, Baule, Chakosi, Sehwi )
U.123 South Bia, incl. Nzema, Ahanta, Jwira-Pepisa )
U.131 Coastal Guang )
U.132 Hill Guang )
U.133 North Guang )
U.141 Aboure )
U.142 Eotile )
U.143 Krobou )
U.151 Ega
U.152 Ebrie ) Potou
U.153 Mbatto ) languages
U.161 Lelemi-Lefana )
U.162 Siwu, Akpafu, Lolobi ) Na-Togo
U.163 Likpe ) languages
U.164 Sele, Santrokofi )
U.165 Logba )
U.166 Basila )
U.167 Adele )
U.168 Boro )
U.169 ? Akpe )
1
2
3
JFM 2005
Kwa
Gur
Kru
Ubangi
Adamawa
Ijoid
Mande
Atlantic
Kordofanian
Bantu
Benue-Congo (sans Bantu)
Dogon (1), Pre (2), Mpre (3)
V
O
L
T
A
-
C
O
N
G
O
NIGER-CONGO LANGUAGES
U.17 free
U.18 LEFT BANK
U.181 Gbe, Ewe cluster
U.181a Vhe
U.181b Gen, Mina
U.181c Aja
U.181d Fon, Fongbe
U.181e Phla-Peras
U.182 Avatime
U.183 Nyangbo-Tafi
U.184 Kposo
U.185 Ahlo
U.186 Bowili
U.187 Kebu, Kogboriko
U.188 Animere
U.2 GUR (Naden 1989)
U.201 Jugu
U.202 Sola
U.203 ? Kparli
U.204 ? Moru
U.21-U.27 CENTRAL GUR
U.21-U.24 NORTH-CENTRAL GUR
U.211 Bwamu, Bomu
U.212 Kurumfe
U.213-U.24 OTI-VOLTA
U.213 Buli, Bulsa
U.214 Konni
U.215 Bieri, Bariba
U.216 Wama
U.217 Tayari-Nateni
U.218 Ditammari
U.221 East Kusaal, West Kusaal
U.222 Mampruli, Talni, Tallensi, Nabt, Nandem
U.223 Hanga, Kamara
U.224 Dagbani, Dagomba
U.225 Yare, Katonsi
U.231 Frafra
U.232 Moore
U.233 Dagaari
U.234 Birifor
U.235 Waali
U.236 Safalaba
U.237 Nootre
U.238 ? Yari, Dagaari Dioula
U.241 Ncham, Bassari
U.242 Kasele
U.243 Konkomba
U.244 Gangam
U.245 Gurma
U.246 Moba, incl. Bimoba, Look, Moba, Bem
U.247 Yom
U.248 Nawdm
U.25-U.27 SOUTH-CENTRAL GUR
U.251 Lobi, Dyan
U.252 Cerma, Kirma, Tyurama
U.253 Gan, Kaansa, Gbadogo, Kpatogo
U.254 Dogose, Khisa
U.255 Dogoso, Dorhosie Fing
U.256 Khe
U.26-U.27 GRUSI
U.261 Kabiye
U.262 Lamba, Lama
U.263 Dombago
U.264 Tem, Dulo, Cala
U.265 Bago
U.266 Lyele
U.267 Nuni
U.268 Kasem, Kasena
U.269 Pana
U.271 Winye
U.272 Phwi, Pwo
U.273 Chakali
U.274 Tampulma
U.275 Vagla
U.276 Deg
U.277 Kalamse
U.278 Sisaala Tumuli, Sisaala Busillu, Sisaala Pasale
U.28 PERIPHERAL GUR (Naden 1989)
U.281 Kulango
U.282 Loron, Teen
U.283 Viemo
U.284 Tyefo
U.285 Wara, Natioro
U.286 Baatonum, Borgu
U.287 Win, Toussian
U.29 SENUFO (Roncador & Miehe 1998:190-191)
U.291 Mamara, Nanerghe, Supyire, Senar/Yoli, Dugube
U.292 Shenara, Cebaara, Papara, Tyebara, Nafara
U.293 Tagbana, Jimini, Fondondo, Kpalaga, Nafaanra
U.294 Karaboro, Kama, Syer/Tenyer
U.295 ? Tyeliri
U.296 ? Falafala
U.3 KRU (Marchese 1989)
U.301 Kuwaa
U.302 Seme
U.311 Aizi
U.312 Edeyi
U.32-U.33 EAST KRU
U.321 East Bete
U.322 West Bete
U.331 Bakwe
U.332 Wane
U.333 Kouya
U.334 Godie
U.335 Dida cluster
U.336 Neyo
U.337 Kwadia
U.338 Koyo, Ekopo
U.34-U.36 WEST KRU
U.341 Guere-Krahn, Wee
U.342 East Krahn
U.351 Ivorian Grebo, Krumen
U.352 Liberian Grebo, Bush Grebo
U.361 Bassa
U.362 Dewoin
U.363 Gbii
U.364 Klao
U.365 Nyabwa-Nyedebwa
U.366 Wobe, North We
U.367 Oubi-Glio
U.4 UBANGI (Monio 1988; Boyd 1989)
U.401 Kazibati
U.402 Mongoba
U.403 Banda cluster
U.404 Banda Yangere
U.41-U.42 GBAYA
U.411 Gbaya
U.411a North-West Gbaya
U.411b South-West Gbaya
U.412 free
U.413 Lai
U.414 Bangando-Ngombe
U.415 Gbaya Yangere
U.416 Bokoto
U.417 Gbeya
U.418 Suma
U.419 Gbanu
U.421 Manza, Ngbaka Manza
U.422 Ali
U.423 Bofi
U.424 Ngbaka Minagende
U.425 Bonjo
U.43-U.44 NGBAKA
U.431 Baka (possibly incl. Ganzi, Gundi, Bomasa)
U.432 Ngbaka Mabo
U.433 Munzombo-Monzombo
U.434 Gbanzili
U.441 Mundu
U.442 Mayogo
U.443 Bangba
U.45 NGBANDI
U.451 Mbati
U.452 Ngbandi
U.453 Sango
U.454 Yakoma
U.455 Dendi
U.456 Mbangi
U.457 Kpatiri, Ngindere
U.458 Gbayi, Kpasiya
U.46 SERE
U.461 Feroge
U.462 Mangaya
U.463 Indri
U.464 Togoyo
U.465 Sere
U.466 Ndogo
U.467 Tagbu
U.468 Viri
U.469 Bai
U.47 MBA
U.471 Ndunga
U.472 Mba
U.473 Dongo
U.474 Ma, Amadi
U.48 ZANDE
U.481 Zande
U.482 Nzakara
U.483 Geme
U.484 Barambu
U.485 Pambia
U.5 ADAMAWA (Boyd 1989; Williamson & Blench 2000; SIL14 2000)
U.501 Kam, Yimwom
U.502 Kwa, Baa
U.503 Gey, Gueve
U.504 Fali (= North Fali, South Fali)
U.505 ? Oblo
U.51 DURU
U.511 Duli
U.512 Yag Dii, Duru
U.513 Nduupa
U.514 Pape, Paano
U.515 Koma, incl. Gimme, Gimnime-Ritime, Ndera, Vomni, Mbeya, Damti
U.516 Mom Jango-Momi
U.517 Peere, Kutin
U.52 LEKO-NIMBARI
U.521 Nimbari
U.522 Samba Leko
U.523 Wom, Perema
U.524 Nyong
U.525 ? Kolbila
U.53 MUMUYE-YENDANG
U.531 Mumuye
U.532 Pangseng
U.533 Rang
U.534 Yendang
U.535 Waka
U.536 Kpasam, Bali
U.537 Teme
U.538 Gengle, Kumba, Kugama
U.54 DAY-KIM-BUA
U.541 Day
U.542 Kim, Besme
U.543 Bua, incl. Luaa, Tun, Loo, Kulaal, Bon Gula, Zan Gula, ...
U.55-U.56 MBUM
U.551 Tupuri
U.552 Mundang
U.553 Mambai
U.554 Dama, Mono, Ndai, Kali
U.555 Karang, Pana, Gonge, Pondo, Njak Mbai, Ngumi, Kare-Tale
U.556 Koh, Sakpu
U.557 Mbum
U.558 Mbere
U.559 Kepere
U.561 ? Pam
U.562 ? Dek
U.563 ? Laka
U.57 WAJA-LONGUDA
U.571 Longuda
U.572 Waja
U.573 Tula
U.574 Bangwinji
U.575 Daadiya
U.576 Awak, Yebu
U.577 Cham, incl. Dijim, Bwilim, Jalabe
U.578 Tso
U.58 JEN-BIKWIN
U.581 Dza (Jen), Tha, Munga Doso
U.582 Burak-Loo
U.583 Maghdi
U.584 Mak
U.585 Kyak-Moo-Leelau
U.59 YUNGUR
U.591 Bena, incl. Bena Yungur, Voro, Lala
U.592 Mboi
U.593 Kaan, Libbo
U.594 ? Tumpa
U.6 IJOID (Jenewari 1989; Williamson & Timitimi 1983)
U.611 Inland Ijo, incl. Biseni, Okodja, Oruma
U.612 Izon
U.613 East Ijo, incl. Kalabari, Okrika, Ibani
U.614 Nkoroo
U.615 Brass Ijo, incl. Nembe, Akassa
U.621 Defaka
U.7 MANDE (Dwyer 1989:50)
U.71-U.74 WEST MANDE
U.71-U.72 CENTRAL (NORTH) MANDE
U.711 Manding
U.711a Bamana, Bambara
U.711b Maninka
U.711c Dyula
U.711d Xassonke
U.711e Konyanka
U.711f Wasulunka
U.711g Diakhanka
U.711h Mandinka
U.711i Mauka
U.711j Bo
U.711k Kagoro
U.711l Maniya
U.711m Marka
U.712 Kuranko
U.713 Vai
U.714 Kono
U.721 Dama
U.722 Susu
U.723 Yalunka
U.724 Ligbi
U.725 Ble
U.726 ? Jeri
U.73 SOUTH-WEST MANDE
U.731 Loma, Toma
U.732 Kpelle
U.733 Mende
U.734 Loko
U.735 Bandi
U.74 NORTH-WEST MANDE
U.741 Soninke
U.742 Bozo, Boso cluster
U.742a Hainyaxo
U.742b Tiema Cewe
U.742c Tieyaxo
U.742d Sorogama, Sorko
U.743 free
U.744 free
U.745 free
U.746 Sembla, Seeku
U.747 Samogo Gouan
U.748 Jo, Jowulu, Samogo-Dong
U.75 SIA
U.751 Sia, Bobo-Fing
U.752 ? Bankagoma
U.753 ? Sininkere
U.76-U.78 EAST MANDE
U.76-U.77 SOUTH-EAST MANDE
U.761 Nwa
U.762 Mwa
U.763 Ben
U.764 Gban
U.771 Guro
U.772 Yaure
U.773 Tura
U.774a West Dan, incl. Blo
U.774b East Dan, incl. Gweeta
U.774c Kla
U.775 Mano
U.78 NORTH-EAST MANDE
U.781 Bisa
U.782 Sane, Samogo-Tougan
U.783 San, South Samo
U.784 Busa
U.785 Tyenga, Kyenga
U.786 Shanga, Cenga
U.8 ATLANTIC (Wilson 1989)
U.801 Bidjogo
U.81-U.82 NORTH ATLANTIC
U.81 SENEGAMBIAN
U.811 Fula, Pulaar
U.812 Serer
U.813 Wolof
U.82 CANGIN
U.821 Lehar
U.822 Safen
U.823 Non
U.824 Ndut
U.825 Falor
U.83-U.84 BAK
U.831 Diola
U.832 Gusilay
U.833 Karon, Mlomp
U.834 Kwaatay
U.835 Bayot
U.836 Kerak
U.837 Manjaku
U.838 Mankanya
U.839 Papel
U.841 Balanta
U.842 Ganja, Fca
U.843 ? Gobaare
U.85 EAST SENEGUINEAN
U.851 Tenda, incl. Basari, Bedik, Tanda, Bapeng
U.852 Konyagi
U.853 Biafada
U.854 Pajade
U.855 Kobiana
U.856 Kasanga
U.857 Banyun
U.86 NALU-MBULUNGISH-BAGA MBOTENI
U.861 Nalu
U.862 Mbulungish
U.863 Baga Mboteni
U.87-U.89 SOUTH ATLANTIC
U.87 MEL
U.871 Baga
U.872 Landuma
U.873 Temne
U.874 Bulom (cluster), incl. Bulom So, Bom, Sherbro, Krim
U.875 Kisi
U.876 Gola
U.88 SUA
U.881 Sua
U.89 LIMBA
U.891 Limba
U.9 KORDOFANIAN (Schadeberg 1981; 1989)
U.91 KATLA
U.911 Kalak
U.912 Lomorik
U.92 RASHAD
U.921 Tagoi, Umale, Moreb
U.922 Tegali, Rashad
U.923 Tingal
U.924 ? Tukum
U.925 ? Turum
U.93 TALODI
U.931 Ngile, Dengebu
U.932 Tocho, Acheron, Lomon, Torona
U.933 Jomang
U.934 Nding, Eliri
U.935 Tegem, Lafofa
U.936 ? Torona
U.94-U.95 HEIBAN
U.941 Moro
U.942 Tiro
U.943 Shirumba
U.944 Utoro
U.945 Ebang
U.946 Laru
U.947 Logol
U.948 Koalib
U.951 Warnang
U.952 Ko, Fungor
THE NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGES (V)
V.1 EAST SUDANIC (Bender 1997)
V.101 Nera, Barea
V.102 Nyimang-Dinik
V.103 Temein-Dese
V.11-V.14 NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981)
V.11 WEST NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981)
V.111 Burun (incl. Mayak)
V.112 Mebaan, Mabaan
V.113 Dinka, Jieeng
V.114 Nuer
V.115 Atuot
V.116 North Lwo cluster
V.116a Shilluk
V.116b Anywa
V.116c Bor
V.116d Turi
V.116e Pri
V.116f Jur Luwo
V.117 South Lwo cluster
V.117a Acoli
V.117b Luo, Dholuo
V.117c Adhola
V.117d Kumam
V.12-V.13 EAST NILOTIC (Vossen 1983; Bender 1997)
V.121 Bari cluster, incl. Nyepu, Pojulu, Nyangbara, Kuku, Kakwa, etc.
V.122 Teso
V.123 Karamojong
V.124 Toposa
V.125 Turkana
V.126 Lotuko cluster, incl. Lango, Lotubo, Lorwana, Koriok, Logir, Lomya, Napore, etc.
V.127 Mening
V.128 Nyangatom
V.131 Maa cluster
V.131a Maasai
V.131b Camus
V.131c Sampur
V.131d Kore
V.131e Lorkoti
V.132 Ongamo, Ngasa
V.133 Kwavi, Parakuyo
JFM 2006
East Sudanic
Kado/Kadugli
Koman
Gumuz
Maban
Foran
Berta
Kunama
Songai
Kuliak
Saharan
Central Sudanic
Outliers
Satellites
Core Group
NILOSAHARAN LANGUAGES
V.14 SOUTH NILOTIC (Schadeberg et al 1981; Rottland 1982)
V.141 Datooga
V.142 Omotik, Laamoot
V.143 Kalenjin cluster
V.143a Akie, Mosiro
V.143b Kipsikiis
V.143c Nandi
V.143d Keyo, Elgeyo
V.143e Tuken
V.143f Markweta
V.143g Mediak
V.143h Kisankasa
V.143i Aramanik
V.143j Sabaot (Mt Elgon Maasai), incl. Kony, Pok (Lako), Bongom
V.143k Terik, Nyangori
V.143l Sapiny, Sapei
V.143m Sogoo
V.143n Okiek, Akiek
V.143o Kinare
V.143p Pakot, Pokoot, Suk
V.15 DAJU
V.151 Shatt
V.152 Liguri, Logorik
V.153 Daju de Darfur, Nyala Lagowa
V.154 Nyolge
V.155 Beygo
V.156 Mongo-Sila
V.156a Daju de Mongo
V.156b Daju de Dar Sila
V.157 (not used)
V.158 ? Geneima
V.16 SURMIC (Dimmendaal & Last 1998)
V.161 Majang
V.162 Murle, Didinga, Larim
V.163 Tennet
V.164 Baale-Zilmamu, Kacipo-Baleci
V.165 Mursi, Mun, Tirma, Tid, Chai, Suri, Surma
V.166 Meen, Mekan
V.167 Kwegu, Koegu, Kwogyi
V.17 JEBEL
V.171 Gaam, Ingessana, Tabi
V.172 Aka, Sillok
V.173 Kelo, Beni Sheko
V.174 Molo
V.18 NUBIAN
V.181 Old Nubian
V.182 Nobiin, incl. Fadija, Mahas
V.183 Kenzi, Dongolawi
V.184 Meidob, Tidnaal
V.185 Birgid
V.186 Hill Nubian, incl. Dair, Dilling, El Hugeirat, Garko, Wali, Gulfan, Kadaru
V.187 Haraza
V.19 TAMA
V.191 Tama
V.192 Erenga, Sungor
V.193 Merarit
V.2 KADO/KADUGLI (Schadeberg 1989; Bender 1997)
V.211 Mudo cluster
V.211a Yegang, Keiga-Timero, Demik
V.211b Kufo, Kanga
V.211c Mudo, Tulishi-Kamdang
V.221 Miri cluster
V.221a Miri
V.221b Talla, Kadugli
V.221c Tolubi, Tuna, Katcha
V.221d Sangali, Tumma
V.231 Krongo-Talasa cluster
V.231a Krongo, Tabanya
V.231b Talasa, Kurondi, Tumtum
V.3 KOMAN & GUMUZ (Bender 1997)
V.31 KOMAN
V.311 Uduk, Twampa
V.312 Komo
V.313 Opo, Shita
V.314 Kwama
V.315 Gule
V.32 GUMUZ
V.321 Gumuz
V.4 CENTRAL SUDANIC (Bender 1997)
V.401 Badha, Lendu
V.41-V.43 BONGO-BAGIRMI
V.411 Sar, Nar, Sara Majingay
V.412 Mbay, Ngam
V.413 Barma, Bagirmi
V.414 Naba, Kodoi, incl. Kuka, Bilala, Medogo
V.415 Kenga
V.416 Ngambai, Laka
V.417 Kaba of Goze
V.418 Doba, Gulay, Bediondo
V.419 Kaba Dunjo, Kaba Deme, Sara Kaba
V.421 Dagba
V.422 Ruto, Lutos, Vale
V.423 Yulu, Binga
V.424 Fer, Kara
V.425 Gula Mamoun
V.426 Fongoro, Gele
V.427 Shemya, Sinyar
V.428 Birri, Viri
V.429 Furu, Bagero
V.431 Bongo
V.432 Beli, Jur Beli, Jur Modo
V.433 Baka
V.434 Morokodo, Mittu, Wetu, Biti
V.435 Moda, Gberi
V.44 MORU-MADI (Bender 1997, Boone & Watson 1998)
V.441 Moru
V.442 Avukaya
V.443 Logo
V.444 Keliko, incl. Omi
V.445 Lugbara (High Lugbara)
V.446 Aringa (Low Lugbara)
V.447 Madi, incl. Lulubo, Okollo
V.45 free
V.46 MANGBUTU-EFE
V.461 Mangbutu
V.462 Ndo
V.463 Mamvu, Balese (Mbuti), Efe, Mvuba
V.47 MANGBETU-ASUA
V.471 Mangbetu
V.472 Asua, Aka
V.48 KRESH-AJA
V.481 Kresh, Kpara
V.482 Aja
V.5 MISCELLANEOUS NILOSAHARAN SATELLITES (Bender 1997)
V.51 MABAN
V.511 Bora-Mabang, Maba
V.512 Aiki, incl. Kibet, Aiki-Runga
V.513 Masalit, Massalat, Surbakhal
V.514 Mimi, (Nachtigals) Mimi
V.515 Kendeje, Yaali
V.516 ? Karanga-Bakha
V.52 FORAN
V.521 For, Fur, Kondjara
V.522 Amdang, (Jungraithmayrs) Mimi
V.53 BERTA
V.531 Berta
V.54 KUNAMA
V.541 Kunama
V.6 SAHARAN (Bender 1997)
V.61 KANURI-KANEMBU
V.611 Kanuri, Borno
V.612 Kanembu
V.62 TEDA-DAZA
V.621 Teda
V.622 Daza, Tubbu
V.63 BERI
V.631 Zaghawa, Beria
V.632 Bideyat
V.633 Berti
V.7 KULIAK (Bender 1997)
V.711 Nyangi
V.721 Ik, Teuso
V.731 Soo (Tepeth-Napak-Kadam)
V.8 SONGAI (Nicolai & Zima 1997)
V.81 NORTH SONGHAY (Rueck & Christiansen 2001)
V.811 Korandje (in Algeria)
V.812 Tasawaq
V.813 Tadaksahak
V.814 Thihishit, Tagdal
V.82 WEST SONGHAY
V.821 Koyra Chiini (at Timbouctou)
V.822 Djenne Chiini
V.83 EAST SONGHAY
V.831 Koyraboro Senni (at Gao)
V.84 CENTRAL SONGHAY
V.841 Humburi Senni
V.85 SOUTH SONGHAY (Harrison, Harrison & Rueck 1997)
V.851 Dendi
V.852 Zarma, Djerma
V.853 Kaado
THE KHOESAN LANGUAGES (W)
W.001 East Hua
W.002 Kwadi
W.1 JU (NORTH KHOESAN)
W.111 North !Xun
W.112 !Xung
W.113 Ju/hoan
W.114 //Kxau-//eisi, Auen
W.2 KWI (!UI-TAA, TUU, SOUTH KHOESAN)
W.211 !Xoo, Taa, incl. N/gamani, N/u//en, Krnleins N/usan
W.221 /Auni, Ki/hazi, Xatia, incl. Hahns N/usa
W.222 N/uu, Khomani, N/huki
W.223 Unkwe, //Kxau
W.224 //Ku-//ke
W.225 ? Boshof Bushman
W.231 /Xam, incl. Mllers Nusa
W.232 N//g-!ke, Eland Bushman
W.233 !Khuai, Lichensteins Bushman
W.241 !Ga-!ne
W.242 Seroa, incl. Arboussets Khuai, Wuras Bushman, Maluti
W.243 //Xegwi
W.3 KHWE (CENTRAL KHOESAN)
W.311 Khoekhoe(gowab), Nama/Damara
W.311a Akhoe
W.311b Hai//om
W.311c Sesfontein Dama
W.311d Central Dama, incl. Namidama
W.311e Aoni, Topnaars
W.311f Central Nama
W.312 Xiri, Grikwa
W.313 !Ora, Korana
W.320 Kxoe cluster, incl. Buga-kxoe, //Ani-kxoe
W.330 Naro cluster, incl. Naro, N/haintse, Tsao-khoe
W.340 G//ana cluster, incl. /Gui, G//ana
W.350 Shua cluster, incl. Shua, Danisa, Teti, !Hukwe
W.360 Tshwa cluster, incl. Cuaa, Mohisa, Ganadi, Hietsware
W.4 SANDAWE, EAST AFRICAN KHOESAN
W.401 Sandawe
W.5 HADZA, EAST AFRICAN KHOESAN
W.501 Hadza, Kindiga
JFM 2006
JU
KWI
KHWE
EAST H
HADZA
SANDAWE
KWADI
(extinct)
EXTINCT KWI LANGUAGES
KHOESAN LANGUAGES
THE AFROASIATIC LANGUAGES (X)
X.1 BERBER
X.101 Numidian, Ancient Berber
X.102 Guanche, Canary Island Berber
X.111 Atlas Berber, incl. Tashelhait, Tarifit, Tamazigt, Kabyle
X.121 Zenati Berber, incl. Tdikelt, Tumzabt, Tagargrent, Chaouia
X.131 Nefusi
X.141 Siwi, East Berber (incl. Aoudjila? Sawknah?)
X.151 Tuareg
X.151a Tamahaq, incl. Ahaggar, Ghat, Tamanraset
X.151b Tamajeq, incl. Tawalammat, Tayart
X.161 Zenaga, West Berber
X.2 SEMITIC
X.201 Ugaritic
X.202 Akkadian, incl. Assyrian, Babylonian
X.21 CENTRAL SEMITIC
X.211 Arabic
X.211a Arabiyya, Quran Arabic
X.211b Modern Standard Arabic
X.211c Hassaniya Arabic
X.211d Magreb Arabic, incl. Tunisian, Algerian, Moroccan
X.211e Settler Arabic, incl. Madani, Qurawi, Judeo-Tunisian, Judeo-Moroccan
X.211f Sulaimitian Arabic, incl. Libyan Arabic
X.211g Egyptian Arabic = Delta Arabic, Cairene
X.211h Saidi Arabic, Upper Egyptian Arabic
X.211i Sudanese Arabic, incl. Baggara
X.211j Shua Arabic, Chad Arabic
X.211k East Egyptian Arabic
X.211l South Levantine Arabic
X.211m Omani Arabic, Zanzibar Arabic, East African Arabic
X.211n Hadrami Arabic
X.211o Taizzi-Adeni Arabic, Djibouti Arabic
X.211p Hijazi Arabic
X.211q Maltese
X.211r Soqotri Arabic
X.212 Phoenecian, Punic
X.213 Hebrew
X.214 Aramaic
JFM 2006
Berber
Semitic
Cushitic
Chadic
Omotic
AFROASIATIC LANGUAGES
JFM 2006
Major Arabic-speaking area
Minor Arabic-speaking area
X.211c
X.211d
X.211f
X.211e
X.211g
X.211i
X.211h
X.211j
X.211k
X.211n
X.211o
X.211p
X.211m
SPOKEN VARIETIES OF ARABIC
JFM 2006
ARABIC AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
X.22-X.24 SOUTH SEMITIC (ETHIO-SEMITIC)
X.22 NORTH ETHIOPIC
X.221 Geez, Ancient Ethiopic
X.222 Tigre
X.223 Tigrinya
X.224 Dahlak, Dahalik
X.23-X.24 SOUTH ETHIOPIC
X.231 Amharic
X.232 Argobba
X.233 Harari
X.234 Gafat
X.24 GURAGE
X.241 East Gurage
X.241a Selti
X.241b Ulbareg
X.241c Wolane
X.241d Enneqor
X.242 Soddo-Gogot, North Gurage
X.243 West Gurage
X.243a Ezha
X.243b Chaha
X.243c Gumer
X.243d Gura
X.243e Gyeto
X.243f Ennemor
X.243g Endegen
X.243h Ener
X.243i Mesqan
X.243j Muher
X.244 Mesmes
X.245 Zway
X.3 CUSHITIC
X.31 NORTH CUSHITIC
X.311 Beja
X.32 CENTRAL CUSHITIC
X.321 Bilin, North Agaw
X.322 Kemant, West Agaw
X.323 Kwara, Falasha
X.324 Xamtanga, Chamir, East Agaw, Central Agaw
X.325 Awngi, South Agaw
X.326 Kunfel
X.33 HIGHLAND EAST CUSHITIC
X.331 Burji
X.332 Darasa, Gedeo
X.333 Kambaata
X.334 Alaba
X.335 Sidamo
X.336 Hadiyya
X.34-X.35 LOWLAND EAST CUSHITIC
X.341 Saho-Afar
X.342 Oromo (incl. Borana, Gabra, etc.)
X.343 Orma, South Oromo (incl. Waata)
X.344 Somali
X.345 Konsoid
X.345a Gidole
X.345b Bussa
X.345c Konso
X.351 Rendille
X.352 Boni, Aweera
X.353 Sanye, Waata
X.354 Elmolo
X.355 Arbore
X.356 Bayso
X.357 Dhaasanac
X.358 ? Boon
X.36 YAAKU-DULLAY
X.361 Yaaku
X.362 Dullay, Werizoid, incl. Gorose, Harso, Tsamay
X.37 SOUTH CUSHITIC
X.371 Dahalo
X.372 Iraqw
X.373 Gorowa
X.374 Burunge
X.375 Alagwa
X.376 Aasax, Asa
X.377 Kwadza
X.378 Taita Cushitic A & B
X.4 OMOTIC (Bender 2000)
X.41-X.47 NORTH OMOTIC
X.41-X.45 GIMOJAN
X.411 Chara
X.42 OMETO
X.421 Koorete
X.422 Zayse, Zergulla
X.423 Kachama, Ganjule
X.424 Wolaytta, Dorze, Gofa, Gamo, Dawro (Kullo)
X.425 Malo/Melo
X.426 Oyda
X.427 Basketto
X.428 Male
X.429 ? Balta
X.43 free
X.44 GIMIRA
X.441 Gimira, incl. Bench, Shee, Mer
X.45 YEM
X.451 Yem, Yemsa, Janjero
X.46 KEFOID (GONGA)
X.461 Kefa, incl. Mocha, Shekacco-Bosha
X.462 Anfillo
X.463 Shinasha, Boro
X.47 DIZOID
X.471 Dizi, Maji
X.472 Nayi
X.473 Sheko
X.48 MAO (REMNANT OMOTIC)
X.481 Ganza
X.482 Bambassi
X.483 Sezo
X.484 Hozo
X.49 AROID (SOUTH OMOTIC)
X.491 Aari
X.492 Hamar cluster, incl. Hamar, Banna, Bashada, Kara
X.493 Dime
X.5 CHADIC
X.501 Luri
X.502 Buso
X.503 Shira
X.504 Teshena
X.505 Auyo
X.51-X.52 WEST CHADIC
X.511 Hausa-Gwandara
X.511a Hausa
X.511b Gwandara
X.512 Bole-Karekare cluster
X.512a Galambu
X.512b Gera
X.512c Kubi
X.512d Geruma
X.512e Deno
X.512f Giiwo
X.512g Bure
X.512h Daza
X.512i Karekare
X.512j Maaka
X.512k Ngamo
X.512l Bole
X.512m Beele
X.513 Tangale cluster
X.513a Tangale
X.513b Pero
X.513c Kholok
X.513d Kupto
X.513e Kwaami
X.513f Piya
X.513g Nyam
X.513h Kushi
X.513i Dera
X.514 Sura-Goemai-Angas cluster
X.514a Angas
X.514b Kofyar
X.514c Miship
X.514d Mwaghavul
X.514e Jorto
X.514f Goemai
X.514g Koenoem
X.514h Montol
X.514i Pyapun
X.514j Tal
X.514k Yiwom
X.515 Ron cluster
X.515a Ron
X.515b Kulere
X.515c Karfa
X.515d Shagawu
X.516 Fyer-Tambas cluster
X.516a Fyer
X.516b Tambas
X.516c Mundat
X.517 Bade-Ngizim cluster
X.517a Ngizim
X.517b Bade
X.517c Duwai
X.518 North Bauchi cluster
X.518a Siri
X.518b Paa
X.518c Warji
X.518d Kariya
X.518e Zumbun
X.518f Diri
X.518g Ajanci
X.518h Mburku
X.518i Miya
X.518j Ciwogai
X.520 South Bauchi group
X.521 Boghom cluster
X.521a Boghom
X.521b Jimi
X.521c Kirr-Balar
X.521d Mangas
X.522 Guruntum cluster
X.522a Guruntum-Mbaaru
X.522b Ju
X.522c Tala
X.522d Zangwal
X.523 Barawa cluster
X.523a Geji
X.523b Polchi
X.523c Zeem cluster, incl. Zeem, Danshe, Lushi, Dyarum
X.523d Dass
X.523e Zari
X.523f Saya
X.53-X.54 CENTRAL CHADIC (BIU-MANDARA)
X.531 Tera-Gaanda cluster
X.531a Tera
X.531b Jara
X.531c Gaanda
X.531d Hwana
X.531e Boga
X.531f Ngwaba
X.532 Bura-Margi cluster
X.532a Bura-Pabir
X.532b Huba
X.532c Chibak
X.532d Nggwahyi
X.532e Margi
X.532f South Margi
X.532g Putai
X.532h Kofa
X.533 Higi cluster
X.533a Higi
X.533b Hya
X.534 Mandara-Lamang cluster
X.534a Lamang
X.534b Gvoko
X.534c Dghwede
X.534d Guduf-Gava
X.534e Glavda
X.534f Wandala
X.534g Parekwa
X.534h Hdi
X.534i Vemgo-Mabas
X.534j Cena
X.534k Cinene
X.535 Mafa-Mofu cluster
X.535a Mofu
X.535b Mafa
X.535c Mada
X.535d Pelasla
X.535e Cuvok
X.535f Dugwor
X.535g Mefele
X.535h Gemzek-Zulgo
X.535i North Giziga
X.535j Giziga-Muturwa
X.535k Muktele
X.535l Mbuko
X.535m Melokwo
X.535n Merey
X.535o Ouldeme
X.535p Baldemu
X.535q Muyang
X.536 Sukur
X.537 Daba cluster
X.537a Gawar
X.537b Daba
X.537c Buwal
X.537d Mina
X.537e Mbedam
X.538 Bata-Bachama cluster
X.538a Bachama
X.538b Gudu
X.538c Nzangi
X.538d Gude
X.538e Bana-Fali
X.538f Holma?
X.538g Zizilivakan
X.538h Bata
X.538i Tsuvan
X.538j Sharwa
X.538k Jimi
X.539 Gidar
X.541 Kotoko-Yedina cluster
X.541a Yedina
X.541b Kotoko
X.542 Musgu cluster
X.542a Musgu
X.542b Muskum
X.542c Mbara
X.55 MASA
X.551 Musey
X.552 Masa
X.553 Zumaya
X.554 Marba
X.555 Mesme
X.556 Herde
X.557 Ngete
X.558 Peve
X.56 EAST CHADIC
X.561 Sumray-Miltu cluster
X.561a Tumak
X.561b Mod
X.561c Somray
X.561d Gadang
X.561e Sarua
X.561f Miltu
X.561g Boor
X.561h Ndam
X.561i Mire
X.562 Nancere-Gabri cluster
X.562a Lele
X.562b Nancere
X.562c Kabalai
X.562d Gabri
X.562e Gabri-Kimre
X.562f Tobanga
X.563 Kwang-Kera cluster
X.563a Kera
X.563b Kwang
X.564 Dangla-Migama cluster
X.564a Mahwa
X.564b Dangaleat
X.564c Masmaje
X.564d Bidiyo
X.564e Migama
X.564f Toram
X.564g Birgit
X.564h Kajakse
X.564i Mubi
X.564j Ubi
X.564k Mogum
X.564l Mabire?
X.564m Zirenkel
X.565 Mokilku, Mokulu
X.566 Sokoro cluster
X.566a Barain
X.566b Sokoro
X.566c Saba
X.6 ANCIENT EGYPTIAN & COPTIC (Gardiner 1957:5)
X.611 Old Egyptian
X.612 Middle Egyptian
X.613 Late Egyptian
X.621 Demotic
X.631 Coptic
REMNANT, UNCLASSIFIED, OTHER LANGUAGES (Y)
Y.0 UNCLASSIFIED AFRICAN LANGUAGES
Y.001 Meroitic of (Ancient) Sudan extinct Map: 1
Y.002 Bete of Nigeria Map: 2
Y.003 Lufu of Nigeria extinct Map: 3
Y.004 Gomba of Ethiopia extinct Map: 4
Y.005 Hamba of Tanzania extinct Map: 5
Y.006 Weyto of Ethiopia extinct Map: 6
Y.007 Kujarge of Chad/Sudan Map: 7
Y.008 Oropom of Uganda nonexistent? Map: 8
Y.009 Nemadi of Mali, Mauritania Map: 9
Y.010 (unused code)
Y.011 ? Imeraguen of Mauritania Map: 11
Y.012 ? Wutana of Nigeria probably nonexistent Map: 12
Y.013 Cen Tuum, Jalaa of Nigeria extinct? Map: 13
Y.014 Laal of Chad Map: 14
Y.015 Shabo, Mikeyr of Ethiopa Map: 15
Y.016 Ongota, Birale, Shanqilla of Ethiopia Map: 16
Y.017 ? Mawa of Nigeria extinct Map: 17
Y.018 Bung of Cameroon extinct Map: 18
:
:
Y.099 Sumerian extinct (and not African!)
PREVIOUSLY AND/OR ELSEWHERE LISTED AS UNCLASSIFIED LANGUAGES
Ambo of Nigeria > unclassified Benue-Congo language (T.009)
Bangi-me of Mali > Dogon (U.001)
Hwla of Togo > presum. a variety of Gbe/Ewe (U.181)
Kara of Central African Rep. > the same as Fer/Kara (V.424)
Kwavi, Parakuyo of Tanzania > a Nilotic language (V.133)
Luo, Kasabe of Cameroon extinct > Mambiloid (T.111)
Mlengue, Balengue of Equatorial Guinea > a Bantu language (B.211)
Rer Bare, Adona of Ethiopia > presum. a variety of Somali (X.344)
Yauma of Angola > presum. a variety of Mbunda (K.15)
Yeni of Cameroon extinct > presum. Mambiloid (T.111)
JFM 2008
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
11
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Meroitic
Bete
Lufu
Gomba
Hamba
Weyto
Kujarge
Oropom (?)
Nemadi
(not used)
Imeraguen
Wutana (?)
Cen Tuum / Jalaa
Laal
Shabo / Mikeyr
Ongota / Birale
Mawa
Bung
UNCLASSIFIED LANGUAGES IN AFRICA
Y.1 HISTORICAL KINGDOMS, PEOPLES, AND PLACES
(Such that seem to require separate codes.)
Y.101 Zanj, Zinj, Azania
Y.102 Punt, Puanit (2500-1450BCE), exact location unknown
Y.103 Aksum, Axum (400BCE-1000CE)
Y.104 The Zimbabwe Complex
Y.104a Leopards Kopje (900-1100), archaeological site
Y.104b Great Zimbabwe (1000-1450)
Y.104c Mwene Mutapa, Monomotapa (1450-1700)
Y.104d Butua (Torwa) Kingdom (1450-1680)
Y.104e Rozwi Kingdom (1680-1830)
Y.105 Maravi Kingdom (1600-1800)
Y.106 Ghana Empire (800-1250)
Y.107 Mali Empire (1230-1600)
Y.108 Nok culture (600BCE-200CE), archaeological site(s)
Y.109 Funj Sultanate of Sennar (1500-1820)
Y.110 (code not used)
Y.111 North African Islamic Complex
Y.111a Early Arab Caliphate (c.600-c.800)
Y.111b Idrisids (790-990)
Y.111c Aghlabids (800-910)
Y.111d Tulunids (868-905)
Y.111e Fatimids (910-1171)
Y.111f Almoravids (1070-1150)
Y.111g Almohads (1120-1270)
Y.111h Ayyubids (1175-1254)
Y.111i Marinids (1195-1465)
Y.111j Ziyanids (1235-1555)
Y.111k Hafsids (1230-1575)
Y.111l Mamluks (1250-1517)
Y.111m Moroccan Empire (1640-1912)
Y.111n Beyliks of Tunisia (1705-1881)
JFM 2008
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Zanj
Punt
Aksum
The Zimbabwe Complex
Maravi
Ghana
Mali
Nok
Funj
(not used)
North African Complex
| Leopards Kopje
| Great Zimbabwe
| Mwene Mutapa
| Butua/Torwa
| Rozwi
\_
8
9
11
11
11
11
SELECT HISTORICAL KINGDOMS, PEOPLES AND PLACES
Y.2 EUROPEAN 1: GERMANIC LANGUAGES & PEOPLES
Y.201 Vandals [sic]
Y.211 Afrikaans
Y.211a Cape Dutch
Y.211b Cape Afrikaans
Y.211c Orange River Afrikaans
Y.211d Rehoboth Afrikaans
Y.211e East Cape Afrikaans
Y.211f North-East Afrikaans, Vaal Afrikaans
Y.221 Dutch, Flemish
Y.222 Belgian(s) [sic]
Y.231 German/s (unspecified)
Y.231a German in Namibia, incl. Sdwester-Deutsch
Y.232 Swiss [sic]
Y.233 Yiddish, Judeo-German
Y.241 Standard (British) English, unspecified English
Y.242 English in southern African
Y.242a South African White English
Y.242b South African Black English, incl. Xhosa English, Zulu English, etc.
Y.242c South African Indian English
Y.242d Afrikaans English
Y.242e English in Namibia, incl. Namlish
Y.242f English in Botswana
Y.242g English in Zimbabwe
Y.242h English in Zambia
Y.242i English in Malawi
Y.242j English in Mozambique
Y.243 English in eastern African
Y.243a English in Tanzania
Y.243b English in Kenya
Y.243c English in Uganda
Y.243d English in Rwanda
Y.243e English in Sudan
Y.243f English in Egypt
Y.243g English in Eritrea
Y.244 English in western African
Y.244a English in Cameroon
Y.244b English in Nigeria
Y.244c English in Ghana
Y.244d English in Liberia
Y.244e English in Sierra Leone
Y.244f English in Gambia
Y.245 English on the Atlantic islands
Y.245a English on Ascension Island
Y.245b English on St Helena
Y.245c English on Tristan da Cunha
Y.251 free
Y.261 Swedish
Y.262 Danish
Y.263 Norwegian
JFM 2006
ENGLISH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
JFM 2006
FRENCH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
JFM 2006
PORTUGUESE AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
JFM 2006
SPANISH AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGE
Afrikaans
Ndebele
North Sotho
South Sotho
Tswana
Swati
Tsonga
Venda
Xhosa
Zulu JFM 2006
Sango
Rwanda
Rundi
Tigrinya
Amharic
Setswana
Malagasy
Sesotho
Chichewa
Swahili
Swahili
Swati
Somali
Afrikaans
Ju/hoan
Khoekhoegowab
Oshiwambo
Otjiherero
Rukwangali
Rumanyo
Thimbukushu
Silozi
AFRICAN LANGUAGES AS OFFICIAL LANGUAGES
(usually in addition to a European language)
Y.3 EUROPEAN 2: ROMANCE LANGUAGES & PEOPLES
Y.311 Latin
Y.321 Italian(s)
Y.331 French
Y.341 Spanish
Y.351 Portuguese
Y.4 EUROPEAN 3: MISCELLANEOUS EUROPEAN & EURASIAN LANGUAGES
Y.411 Greek(s)
Y.412 Armenian(s)
Y.42 SLAVIC, BALTIC
Y.43-Y.46 free
Y.47 FINNO-UGRIC
Y.471 Finnish
Y.48 ALTAIC
Y.481 Turkish
Y.49 UNCLASSIFIED EUROPEAN/EURASIAN LANGUAGES
Y.491 Basque(s)
Y.5 INDIAN (SOUTH ASIAN) LANGUAGES
Y.51-Y.52 INDOARYAN
Y.511 Hindi )
Y.512 Urdu )
Y.513 Bhojpuri ) Y.51 = Hindustani
Y.513a Mauritian Bhojpuri )
Y.514 Punjabi )
Y.521 Gujarati
Y.522 Cutchi
Y.523 Konkani
Y.524 Sindhi
Y.525 Domari
Y.526 Marathi
Y.527 Bengali
Y.53 IRANIAN
Y.531 Balochi
Y.532 Persian
Y.54 DRAVIDIAN
Y.541 Tamil
Y.542 Telugu
JFM 2006
COUNTRIES/TERRITORIES WITH SOUTH ASIAN LANGUAGES
Y.6 EAST ASIAN, SOUTH EAST ASIAN, OCEANIC & AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES
Y.601 Japanese
Y.602 Korean
Y.61 SINOTIBETAN
Y.611 Chinese
Y.611a Mandarin
Y.611b Yue, Cantonese
Y.611c Hakka
Y.612 Burmese
Y.62 AUSTROASIATIC
Y.621 Vietnamese
Y.63 TAI-KADAI
Y.64 HMONG-MIEN
Y.65 free
Y.66 AUSTRONESIAN (MALAYO-POLYNESIAN)
Y.661 Malagasy
Y.662 Malay
Y.663 Indonesian
Y.67 PAPUAN
Y.68 AUSTRALIAN
Y.69 AMERICAN
Y.7 unused
Y.8 unused
Y.9 SIGN LANGUAGES
Y.900 (nonspecified code, accompanied by country code)
JFM 2006
COUNTRIES/TERRITORIES WITH EAST ASIAN LANGUAGES
NEW LANGUAGES IN AFRICA (Z)
--- ARTIFICIAL LANGUAGES
:
: Z.000a Afrihili, artificial
--- BASED ON INDIGENOUS AFRICAN LANGUAGES = AFROPHONE
:
: Z.A.20a Jo, Sprache des Nixenkultbundes am Kamerunberg Map: A20
: Z.A.70a Ewondo Populaire, Pidgin A.70 Map: A1
: Z.C.30a Bangala (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A16
: Z.C.30b Lingala (Congo-Kinshasa, Congo-Brazzaville) Map: A19
: Z.D.20a Gengele (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A14
: Z.D.20b Vamba (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A17
: Z.E.10a Runyakitara (Uganda), artificial Map: A15
: Z.G.20a Maa, Inner Mbugu (Tanzania) Map: A7
: Z.G.40a Asian Swahili (Kenya, Uganda) Map: A4a
: Z.G.40b Cutchi-Swahili (Kenya) Map: A4a
: Z.G.40c Kisetla (Kenya, Congo-Kinshasa?) Map: A4a
: Z.G.40d Engsh (Nairobi) Map: A4b
: Z.G.40e Sheng (Nairobi) Map: A4b
: Z.G.40f Shaba/Katanga/Lubumbashi Swahili Map: A4c
: Z.G.40g Kingwana (Congo-Kinshasa) Map: A4d
: Z.G.40h KiKAR, Kikeya (Kenya) Map: A13
: Z.H.10a Kituba Map: A2a
: Z.H.10b Munukutuba Map: A2b
: Z.H.10c Habla Congo (Cuba) (Americas)
: Z.H.10d Calunga (Brazil) (Americas)
: Z.L.30a Pidgin Chiluba (Congo-Kinshasa) (?) Map: A9
: Z.M.40a Town Bemba (Zambia) Map: A6
: Z.N.40a Chikunda (Lower Zambezi) Map: A18
: Z.S.30a Pretoria-Sotho Map: A10
: Z.S.40a Fanagalo, Kitchen Kafir Map: A5a
: : Chilapalapa (Zimbabwe) Map: A5b
: : Chikabanga (Zambia) Map: A5c
: Z.S.40b Iscamtho (Urban South Africa) Map: A5a
: Z.S.40c Shalambombo (Johannesburg) Map: A5a
: Z.S.50a Pretoria-Tsonga Map: A5a
: Z.T.910a Lucumi, Cuban Yoruba (Cuba) (Americas)
: Z.T.910b Trinidad Yoruba (Trinidad) (Americas)
: Z.U.450a Sango Riverain [Ubangi-based] Map: A3
: Z.U.810a Pidgin Fula, Koine Fula (Cameroon) Map: A12
: Z.X.510a Pidgin Hausa, Barikanci (Nigeria) Map: A8
: Z.X.510b Gibanawa, Jega (Nigeria) Map: A8
: ??? Kouriya (Afroasiatic-based?) Map: A11
Ar1
Ar3
Ar5
Ar6
Ar7
Ar4?
Ar4?
(Ar2)
A10
A5a
A1
A16
A19
A15
A7
A9
A6
A18
A12
A3
A8
A11
A4a
A4b
A4c
A4d
A2a
A2b
A5c
A5b
A13
A14?
A17?
JFM 2007
Ar7
A
Ar
Based on:
African languages
Arabic
A20
NEW LANGUAGES BASED ON AFRICAN LANGUAGES
(incl. Arabic)
Af1
Af2?
D1
E1
E2
E3a
E3b
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8c
I1
F1
F2
F3
F4
F5
F6
F7
P1
P2
P4
P5
P6
(P3)
JFM 2007
E8b
E8a
Af
D
E
I
F
P
Based on:
Afrikaans
Dutch
English
Italian
French
Portuguese
NEW LANGUAGES BASED ON INDOEUROPEAN LANGUAGES
Z.X.211 ARABIC-BASED = ARABOPHONE
:
: Z.X.210a Maridi Arabic extinct (exact loc. unknown) Map: Ar7
: Z.X.210b Tekrur, Babalia Map: Ar1
: Z.X.210c Galgaliya Map: Ar3
: Z.X.210d Turku extinct Map: Ar2
: Z.X.210e Nubi, Kinubi Map: Ar5
: Z.X.210f Juba Arabic Map: Ar4
: Z.X.210g Ethiopian Pidgin Arabic Map: Ar6
: Z.X.210h Ghous Moroccan secret language Map: Ar7
Z.Y.210 AFRIKAANS-BASED = AFRIKOPHONE
:
: Z.Y.210a Tsotsitaal, Vlytaal, Vlaaitaal, Flaaitaal Map: Af1
: Z.Y.210b Oorlams Afrikaans (?) Map: Af2
Z.Y.220 DUTCH-BASED
:
: Z.Y.220a Hottentot Dutch extinct Map: D1
: Z.Y.220b Skepi Dutch Creole extinct (Americas)
: Z.Y.220c Negerhollands extinct (Americas)
: Z.Y.220d Berbice Dutch Creole extinct (Americas)
Z.Y.240 ENGLISH-BASED = ANGLOPHONE
:
: Z.Y.240a Gambian Krio, Aku Map: E1
: Z.Y.240b Krio (Sierra Leone) Map: E2
: Z.Y.240c Jargon English (Sierra Leone) extinct Map: E2
: Z.Y.240d Liberian Pidgin English, Brokes, Kwsai Map: E3a
: Z.Y.240e Merico, Liberian Settler English Map: E3b
: Z.Y.240f Ghanaian Pidgin English Map: E4
: Z.Y.240g Nigerian Pidgin English, Brokin Map: E5
: Z.Y.240h Kamtok, Cameroons Pidgin English, Bush English Map: E6
: Z.Y.240i Fernando Po Creole, Porto Talk Map: E7
: (Y.245a) (Ascension Isl. English) Map: E8a
: (Y.245b) (St Helena English) Map: E8b
: (Y.245c) (Tristan da Cunha English) Map: E8c
Z.Y.320 ITALIAN-BASED = ITALOPHONE
:
: Z.Y.320a Asmara Pidgin Italian Map: I1
Z.Y.330 FRENCH-BASED = FRANCOPHONE
:
: Z.Y.330a North African Pidgin French, Petit Maresque Map: F2
: Z.Y.330b West African Pidgin French, Petit-Ngre, Pitingue Map: F1
: Z.Y.330c Runionnais Map: F6
: Z.Y.330d Morisyen, Mauritian French Creole Map: F4
: : Rodrigues French Creole Map: F5
: Z.Y.330e Seselwa, Seychellois Map: F3
: : Ilois
: Z.Y.330f Camfranglais, Camspeak, Majunga Talk Map: F7
Z.Y.340 SPANISH-BASED = IBEROPHONE
:
: Z.Y.340a Palenquero, incl. Lumbal (Americas)
Z.Y.350 PORTUGUESE-BASED = LUSOPHONE
:
: Z.Y.350a Cabo Verdian, Kabuverdianu Map: P2
: Z.Y.350b Kryol (Senegal) & Crioulu (Guinea-Bissau) Map: P1
: Z.Y.350e Gulf of Guinea Portuguese Creole
: : So Tom Crioulu Map: P4
: : Prncipe Crioulu Map: P5
: : Angolar Crioulu (So Tom) Map: P4
: : Annobon Crioulu (Eq. Guinea) Map: P6
: Z.Y.350m Malayo-Portuguese extinct Map: P3
: Z.Y.350p Papiamentu (Americas)
4.2 The areal codes (set 2)
The areal codes have been tailor-made for EBALL, and may not reflect colloquial
usages of phrases such as Western Africa, Central Africa, and so on. Note that the
regional codes are overlapping, so that some countries, e.g. Chad, belong to several
regions.
The first list below (i.e. the one on this page) contains an alphabetical listing of all
areal codes. On the following pages, there are a few thematically organised lists.
AFR Africa in general
ALG Algeria
AMR The Americas
ANG Angola
AQG Equatorial Guinea
ASC Ascension (Br.)
ASI Asia
AST Australia
BAT British African Territories
BNN Benin
BRK Burkina Faso
BRN Burundi
BTS Botswana
CAF Central Africa
CAR Central African Republic
CHA Chagos Archipelago (Br.)
CHD Chad
CIV Cte dIvoire
CMI Comorro Islands
CMR Cameroon
CNG Congo-Brazzaville
CNI Canary Islands (Sp.)
CVI Cape Verde Islands
DJB Djibouti
DRC Dem. Rep. of Congo
EAF Eastern Africa
EGP Egypt
ERP Europe
ERT Eritrea
ETH Ethiopia
FAT French African Territories
GBN Gabon
GHN Ghana
GMB Gambia
GNA Guinea
GNB Guinea-Bissau
KNY Kenya
LBR Liberia
LBY Libya
LST Lesotho
MDG Madagaskar
MDR Madeira (Port.), incl. Selvagens
MLI Mali
MLT Malta
MLW Malawi
MRC Morocco
MRS Mauritius
MRT Mauretania
MTT Mayotte (Fr.)
MZM Mozambique
NAF Northern Africa
NAM North America
NEA North-Eastern Africa
NGA Nigeria
NGR Niger
NMB Namibia
PAT Portuguese African Territories
RNN Runion (Fr.)
RSA Rep. of South Africa
RWN Rwanda
SAF Southern Africa
SAM South America
SAT Spanish African Territories
SCH Seychelles
SDN Sudan
SML Somalia
SNA Spanish North Africa (Sp.)
SNG Senegal
SRL Sierra Leone
SSA Sub-Saharan Africa in general
STH Saint Helena (Br.)
STP So Tom & Prncipe
SWZ Swaziland
TDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.)
TGO Togo
TNS Tunisia
TNZ Tanzania
UGN Uganda
WAF Western Africa
WSH Western Sahara
ZBW Zimbabwe
ZMB Zambia
ZNZ Zanzibar
ang
alg
bnn
bts
brk
brn
cmr
cvi
car
chd
cmi
cng
drc
civ
djb
egp
eqg
ert
eth
gbn
gmb
ghn
gna
gnb
kny
lst
lbr
lby
mdg
mlw
mli
mrt
mrs
mrc
mzm
nmb
ngr
nga
rwn
stp
sng
sch
srl
sml
rsa
sdn
swz
tnz
tgo
tns
ugn
zmb
zbw
(mdr)
(cni)
(wsh)
(asc)
(sth)
(tdc)
(rnn)
(mtt)
(sna)
THE COUNTRY CODES
(Codes in parentheses refer to non-independent territories.)
ASC
TDC
STH
BAT British African Territories
:
: ASC Ascension
: CHA Chagos Archipelago (not in map)
: STH Saint Helena
: TDC Tristan da Cunha
MDR
PAT Portuguese African Territories
:
: MDR Madeira (incl. Selvagens)
RNN
MTT
FAT French African Territories
:
: MTT Mayotte
: RNN Runion
: --- (uninhabited islands, no code)
CNI
SNA
SAT Spanish African Territories
:
: CNI Canary Islands
: SNA Spanish North Africa
WAF
CAF Central Africa
:
: CAR Central African Republic
: CHD Chad
: CMR Cameroon
: CNG Congo
: DRC Dem. Rep. of Congo
: EQG Equatorial Guinea
: GBN Gabon
: STP So Tom & Prncipe
NEA
WAF Western Africa
:
: ASC Ascension (Br.)
: BNN Benin
: BRK Burkina Faso
: CMR Cameroon
: CHD Chad
: CIV Cte dIvoire
: CVI Cape Verde Islands
: GMB Gambia
: GHN Ghana
: GNA Guinea
: GNB Guinea-Bissau
: LBR Liberia
: MLT Mali
: MRT Mauretania
: NGA Nigeria
: NGR Niger
: SNG Senegal
: SRL Sierra Leone
: STH Saint Helena (Br.)
: STP So Tom & Prncipe
: TDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.)
: TGO Togo
CAF
:
: DJB Djibouti
: ERT Eritrea
: ETH Ethiopia
: KNY Kenya
: SML Somalia
: SDN Sudan
: UGN Uganda
EAF Eastern Africa
:
: BRN Burundi
: CHA Chagos Archipelago (Br.)
: CMI Comorro Islands
: KNY Kenya
: MDG Madagaskar
: MLW Malawi
: MRS Mauritius
: MTT Mayotte (Fr.)
: MZM Mozambique
: RNN Runion (Fr.)
: RWN Rwanda
: SCH Seychelles
: TNZ Tanzania
: UGN Uganda
: ZNZ Zanzibar
SAF
NAF Northern Africa
:
: ALG Algeria
: CNI Canary Islands (Sp.)
: EGP Egypt
: LBY Libya
: MDR Madeira (Port.)
: MLT Malta
: MRC Morocco
: MRT Mauretania
: SNA Spanish North Africa (Sp.)
: TNS Tunisia
: WSH Western Sahara
EAF
SAF Southern Africa
:
: ANG Angola
: BTS Botswana
: LST Lesotho
: MLW Malawi
: MZM Mozambique
: NMB Namibia
: RSA Rep. of South Africa
: SWZ Swaziland
: ZBW Zimbabwe
: ZMB Zambia
NAF
4.3 The general content codes (set 3)
The general content codes are the one that have been the least systematically used in
EBALL. Some entries still lack proper content coding, and many of the coded ones
need to be double-checked for accuracy. This does not concern the linguistics-related
entries, however, as all of them have been coded with at least lng.
ANT Anthropology, Ethnography, Sociology, Studies of people, societies & cultures
ARC Archaeology, Prehistory, Rock art
BBL Bibliography
BGN Biogenetics, Sero-genetics, Physical anthropology
BGR Biography, Autobiography, Obituary
CMP Computer programme, CD-ROM
EDC Education, Pedagogics
FLM Film, Cinematography
FST Festschrift
HST Recorded history, Recent history, Oral history -- excluding archaeology [ARC]
ISL Islam, Muslims
LNG Linguistics, Language studies
: DCT Dictionary, Lexicon, Longer word list
: GRD Grammar description, Grammar book, Learners introduction
: GRM Grammar, Morphology, Syntax, Grammaticalisation
: : NEG Negation
: : NCL Noun classes, Nominal categorisation
: : TAM Tense-aspect-mood, Verb inflections, etc.
: GRP Graphonomy, Reading/Writing, Literacy
: LCL Language classification, Geolinguistics
: LXL Lexical study, Semantic fields, Brief word list
: : NMS Names, Onomastics, Toponymics
: ORT Orthography, Spelling issues
: PHN Phonetics, Phonology
: : CLK Clicks
: : TNL Tones, Tonology, Tonetics, Prosody
: RCN Linguistic reconstruction, Proto-languages
: SCL Sociolinguistics, Multilingualism, Language use
: : LGP Language politics, Language planning
: SDS Speech disorder study, Speech therapy
: SMN Semantics, Pragmatics
LTR Literature (oral and written), Mythology, Folklore, Proverbs
MAP Map, Cartography
MDA Media, Journalism
MSS Christian missionaries, Christian churches
MTH Methodology
PRC Conference proceeding
RVW Book review, Review article
SSS Social study of science, Meta-scientific studies, Historiography
STT Statistics, Census data
THS Thesis, Dissertation, MA, BA, etc.
TRV Travel account, Travelogue
4.4 Alphabetical list of all three-letter codes (sets 2-3)
AFR Africa in general
ALG Algeria
AMR The Americas
ANG Angola
ANT Anthropology, Sociology
AQG Equatorial Guinea
ARC Archaeology, Rock art
ASC Ascension (Br.)
ASI Asia
AST Australia
BAT British African Terr.
BBL Bibliography
BGN Biogenetics
BGR Biography, Obituary
BNN Benin
BRK Burkina Faso
BRN Burundi
BTS Botswana
CAF Central Africa
CAR Central African Republic
CHA Chagos Arch. (Br.)
CHD Chad
CIV Cte dIvoire
CLK Clicks
CMI Comorro Islands
CMP Computer programme
CMR Cameroon
CNI Canary Islands (Sp.)
CNG Congo-Brazzaville
CVI Cape Verde Islands
DCT Dictionary, Lexicon
DJB Djibouti
DRC Dem. Rep. of Congo
EAF Eastern Africa
EDC Education, Pedagogics
EGP Egypt
ERP Europe
ERT Eritrea
ETH Ethiopia
FAT French African Terr.
FLM Film, Cinematography
FST Festschrift
GBN Gabon
GHN Ghana
GMB Gambia
GNA Guinea
GNB Guinea-Bissau
GRD Grammar description
GRM Grammar
GRP Graphonomy, Literacy
HST Recorded history
ISL Islam, Muslims
KNY Kenya
LBR Liberia
LBY Libya
LCL Language classification
LGP Language politics
LNG Linguistics
LST Lesotho
LTR Literature, Folklore
LXL Lexical study
MAP Map, Cartography
MDA Media, Journalism
MDG Madagaskar
MDR Madeira (Port.)
MLI Mali
MLT Malta
MLW Malawi
MRC Morocco
MRS Mauritius
MRT Mauretania
MSS Christian missionaries
MTH Methodology
MTT Mayotte (Fr.)
MZM Mozambique
NAF Northern Africa
NAM North America
NCL Noun classes
NEG Negation
NGA Nigeria
NGR Niger
NMB Namibia
NMS Names, Toponymics
ORT Orthography, Spelling
PAT Portuguese African Terr.
PHN Phonetics, Phonology
PRC Conference proceeding
RCN Reconstruction
RNN Runion (Fr.)
RSA Rep. of South Africa
RVW Review
RWN Rwanda
SAF Southern Africa
SAM South America
SAT Spanish African Terr.
SCH Seychelles
SCL Sociolinguistics
SDN Sudan
SDS Speech disorder study
SML Somalia
SMN Semantics, Pragmatics
SNA Sp. North Africa (Sp.)
SNG Senegal
SRL Sierra Leone
SSA Sub-Saharan Africa
SSS Social study of science
STH Saint Helena (Br.)
STP So Tom & Prncipe
STT Statistics, Census data
SWZ Swaziland
TAM Tense-aspect-mood-etc.
TDC Tristan da Cunha (Br.)
TGO Togo
THS Thesis, Dissertation
TNL Tones, Prosody
TNS Tunisia
TNZ Tanzania
TRV Travelogue
UGN Uganda
WAF Western Africa
WSH Western Sahara
ZBW Zimbabwe
ZMB Zambia
ZNZ Zanzibar
PART V
BIBLIOGRAPHY & REFERENCES
[Anon.] 1882. Catalogue of dictionaries and grammars of the principal languages
and dialects of the world: a guide for students and booksellers. 2nd edition,
considerably enlarged and revised, with an alphabetical index. London: Trbner &
Co. Pp viii, 95.
[Anon.] 1907/08. A catalogue of linguistic works in the library of the African Socie-
ty. Journal of the African Soc., v. 7, p. 284-306, 410-429.
[Anon.] 1912. Supplement: a catalogue of linguistic works in the library of the Afri-
can Society. Journal of the African Soc., v. 11, 44, p. 1-43.
[Anon.] 1942. Bibliography of current literature dealing with African languages and
cultures. Journal of the Royal African Soc., v. 41, 162+164, p. 82-84, 209-212.
[Anon.] 1961. Historical theses on African subjects completed in Great Britain [at the
Inst. of Historical Research, Univ. of London, 1921-1960]. African studies bulle-
tin, v. 4, 3, p. 1-9.
[Anon.] 1963. Obituary: Grard Paul Lestrade, 1897-1962. African languages, v. 22,
2, p. 91-95.
[Anon.] 1986. Index to the Research review (old series), v.1 (1965) - v.12 (1980).
Research review from the Inst. of African Studies, Univ. of Ghana, new series, v. 2,
1, p. 83-103.
[Anon.] 1992. Anthro-Books: current and antiquarian books on anthropology and
Africa, pt. 1-3. Leiden: Anthro-Books. Pp 30; 40; 48.
[Anon.] 1996. Publications de Gabriel Manessy. Linguistique africaine, v. 16, p. 9-
18.
[Anon.] 1996b. Namibian books in print 1996/1997: a catalogue of books from
Namibia available through the book trade, including the Namibian Book World
Directory. 2nd edition. Windhoek: Association of Namibian Publ. (ANP); Natio-
nal Library of Namibia. Pp 131.
[Anon.] 1997. Leila special catalogue, 1: publications of the Institut Franais
dArchologie Orientale (IFAO). Cairo: Leila Books.
[Anon.] 2000. ILCAA publications. Inst. for the Study of Languages and Cultures of
Asia and Africa (ILCAA), Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies. Pp 28.
[Anon.] 2001. Bibliography of Arabic linguistics 1979-1994. Web-document, dated
21 September 2001, accessed June 2006. Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan.
www.lib.umich.edu/area/Near.East/ArabicLinguisticsBibliography.pdf
[Anon.] 2003. Bibliography 2001-2002: technical, vernacular publications. Dallas:
SIL International.
[Anon.] 2003b. Linguistics & literature: selected backsets from our inventory (cata-
logue 267). Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John Benjamins Antiquariat. Pp 18.
[Anon.] 2007. Demographic information on sign languages around the world: field
survey report. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2007-021. Pp 84.
www.sil.org/silesr/abstract.asp?ref=2007-021
Abbink, Jon. 1990. Ethiopian society and history: a bibliography of Ethiopian studies
1957-1990. Research reports, #45. Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).
hdl.handle.net/1887/4639
Abbink, Jon. 2003. A bibliography on Christianity in Ethiopia. Working papers, #52.
Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).
Abbink, Jon; Unseth, Peter. 1998. Surmic languages and cultures: a bibliography. In:
Surmic languages and cultures, p. 127-142. Ed. by Gerrit Jan Dimmendaal and
Marco Last. Nilo-Saharan: linguistic analyses and documentation (NISA), #13.
Cologne: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
ABBOL = Aequatoria Book Bank On-Line.
www.abbol.com
AEJ-MSU = African e-journals project at Michigan State Univ.
africa.msu.edu/AEJP
Afido, Pedro J.; Firmino, Gregrio; Heins, John H.; Mbuub, Samba; Trinta, Manuel.
(Ed.) 1989. I seminrio sobre a padronizao da ortografa de lnguas Moambi-
canas. Maputo: Ncleo de Estudo de Lnguas Moambicanas (NELIMO), Fac. de
Letras, Univ. Eduardo Mondlane. Pp 171.
AfrBib = Africabib.org (website maintained by Davis Bullwinkle, Univ. of Arkan-
sas).
www.africabib.org
AIM25 = Archives in the London and M25 Area.
www.aim25.ac.uk
Aklilu, Yilma. 2001. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Nayi language of Ethiopia.
SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-010.
www.sil.org/silesr/2002/010
Aklilu, Yilma; Siebert, Ralph. 2002. Sociolinguistic survey report of the Chara,
Dime, Melo and Nayi languages of Ethiopia, pt. 1. SIL electronic survey reports
(SILESR), #2002-029.
Akumbu, Pius Wuchu. 2006. Njm phonology. PhD thesis. Dept. of African Langu-
ages and Linguistics, Fac. of Arts, Letters and Social Sciences, Univ. of Yaound
I. Pp xxiv, 281.
www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/njyem.html
Alewijnse, Bart; Nerbonne, John; Veen, Lolke J. van der; Manni, Franz. 2007. A
computational analysis of Gabon varieties. In: Proceedings of the RANLP (Recent
Advances in Natural Language Processing) workshop on computational phono-
logy, p. 3-17. Ed. by Petya Osenova and others. Borovetz (Bulgaria).
www.let.rug.nl/~nerbonne/papers/
Alexandre, Pierre. 1964. Aperu sommaire sur le pidgin A70 du Cameroun. In:
Colloque sur le multilingualisme / Symposium on multilingualism: the second
meeting of the Inter-African Committee on Linguistics, Brazzaville, 16-21 August
1962, p. 251-256. Publ. du CCTA (Commission pour Coopration Technique en
Afrique) & CSA (Conseil Scientifique pour lAfrique), #87. London, Lagos &
Nairobi.
Alexandre, Pierre. 1965. Proto-histoire du groupe beti-bulu-fang: essai de synthse
provisoire. Cahiers dtudes africaines, v. 5, 20, p. 503-560.
www.persee.fr/showIssue.do?issueKey=cea_0008-0055_1965_num_5_20
Amedekey, Edward Yao. 1970. The culture of Ghana: a bibliography. Legon: Ghana
Universities Press.
Anderson, David M.; Seton, Rosemary. 1995. Archives and manuscripts collections
relating to Africa held at the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of
London. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 45-60.
Andersson, Lars-Gunnar; Janson, Tore. 1997. Languages in Botswana: language
ecology in southern Africa. Gaborone: Longman Botswana. Pp 204.
Armstrong, Robert Gelston. 1989. Idomoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 323-
336. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;
Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
ASCLIB = Library catalogue of the African Studies Centre, Leiden.
opc4-ascl.pica.nl/DB=3/LNG=EN/
ASIS-CUL = African studies internet resources at Columbia Univ. Libraries.
www.columbia.edu/cu/lweb/indiv/africa/cuvl/index.html
Askew, Kelly M. 2008. Swahili studies bibliography. Web-document, accessed July
2008. Tanzania Studies Association.
www.csuchico.edu/soci/tanzania/swabib.shtml
Assam, Blanche Nyangone; Mavoungou, Paul Achille. 2000. Lexicography in
Gabon: a survey. Lexikos, v. 10, p. 252-274.
Atkins, Guy. 1970. Writings of Malcolm Guthrie: books, articles, translations. Afri-
can language studies, v. 11, p. 2-4.
Ayotte, Michael; Lamberty, Melinda. 2002. Intelligibility testing of Bafia among Lefa
speakers. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-069. Pp 16.
AZ = An A-Z of African studies on the Internet (website maintained by Peter Limb
and Ibra Sene).
www.lib.msu.edu/limb/a-z/az.html
Bade, David W. 2004. Books in African languages: recent acquisitions 1999-2000,
Melville J. Herskovits Library of African languages. PAS (Program of African
Studies) working papers, #8:3. Evanston: Northwestern Univ.
Bahuchet, Serge. 1985. Bibliographie. In: Les pygmes Aka et la fort centrafricaine:
thnologie cologique, p. 581-593. Collection Ethnosciences, #1; Etudes pyg-
mes, #7. Paris: Soc. des Etudes Linguistiques et Anthropologiques de France
(SELAF); Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS).
Baker, Philip; Ramnah, Premnath. 1985. Mauritian Bhojpuri: an Indo-Aryan langu-
age spoken in a predominantly creolophone society. Papers in pidgin and creole
linguistics (Canberra), v. 4, p. 215-238.
Bala, G.G. 1998. Hadza stories and songs. Translated by Bonny Sands, and edited by
Bonny Sands and Will Grundy. Los Angeles: Friends of the Hadzabe. Pp ix, 42.
Baptista, Marlyse. 2003. The syntax of Cape Verdean Creole: the Sotavento varieties.
Linguistik aktuell / Linguistics today, #54. Amsterdam & Philadelphia: John
Benjamins Publ.
Barei, Geoffrey; others. 1997. A checklist and subject index of history and archaeo-
logy dissertations and research essays submitted at the University of Botswana,
1976-1998. Pula: Botswana journal of African studies, v. 11, 2, p. 177-187.
Barlow, Arthur Ruffell. 1914. Tentative studies in Kikuyu grammar and idiom. Edin-
burgh: Foreign Mission Committee, Church of Scotland. Pp xii, 236.
Barnard, Alan. 1992. The Kalahari debate: a bibliographical essay. Occasional pa-
pers from the Centre of African Studies, #35. Univ. of Edinburgh.
Bartens, Angela. 2000. Ideophones and sound symbolism in Atlantic Creoles. Ann.
academiae scientiarum fennicae, serie humaniora, #304. Helsinki: Finnish Aca-
demy of Science and Letters. Pp 198.
Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]. 1978. Les langues bantoues. In: Inventaire des tudes
linguistiques sur les pays dAfrique noire dexpression franaise et sur Mada-
gascar, p. 123-186, maps. Ed. by Daniel Barreteau. Paris: Conseil International de
la Langue Franaise (CILF).
Bastin, Yvonne [Angenot]; Coupez, Andr; Mann, Michael. 1999. Continuity and
divergence in the Bantu languages: perspectives from a lexicostatistic study. Ann.
du MRAC (Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale), sciences humaines, #162.
Tervuren. Pp vi, 225.
Batibo, Herman M. 1998. The Proto-Bantu cultural vocabulary in southern Bantu: the
case of Setswana. General linguistics, v. 38, 1/4 (spec. theme: African language
and culture in historical perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polom,
edited by Bridget Drinka and Derek Nurse), p. 189-198.
Batoma, Atoma. 2006. African ethonyms and toponyms: an annotated bibliography.
Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #10. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries of
Iowa.
sdrc.lib.uiowa.edu/ejab/10/index.html
Baucom, Kenneth L. 1970. More on the indigenous languages of SWA. Anthropolo-
gical linguistics, v. 12, 9, p. 343-348.
Beach, David Norman. 1990. Publishing the past: progress in the Documents on the
Portuguese series. Zambezia, v. 17, 2, p. 175-183.
Behrend, Heike. 1998. Sonderforschungsbereich 389, Teilprojekt C6: Gewaltformem
und Liedenserfahrungen im Norden Namibias / Violence, exile and landscape:
Nyemba refugees in Kaisosi and Kehemu (Rundu, Namibia). In: Kultur- und
Landschaftswandel im ariden Afrika: Entwicklungsprozesse unter kologischen
Grenzbedingungen / Sonderforschungsbereich 389: Ergebnisbericht fr die Jahre
1995/2, 1996, 1997, 1998/1, p. 363-387. Inst. fr Afrikanistik, Univ. zu Kln.
Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1967. Annotated bibliography. In: The matrilineal
peoples of eastern Tanzania (Zaramo, Luguru, Kaguru, Ngulu, etc.), p. 73-88.
Ethnographic survey of Africa, East Central Africa, #16. London: Oxford Univ.
Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1969. The matrilineal peoples of eastern Tanzania:
bibliographical corrigenda and addenda. Africa, v. 39, p. 186-188.
Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1974. The matrilineal peoples of eastern Tanzania:
bibliographical addenda. Africa, v. 44, p. 297-299.
Beidelman, Thomas Owen. 1981. Third addendum to The matrilineal peoples of
eastern Tanzania. Anthropos, v. 76, p. 864-865.
Bender, Marvin Lionel. 1983. Bibliography. In: Nilo-Saharan language studies, p.
356-373. Monographs from the Committee on Northeast African Studies, #13.
East Lansing: African Studies Center, Michigan State Univ.
Bender, Marvin Lionel. 1997. The Nilo-Saharan languages: a comparative essay.
2nd edition. Handbooks in linguistics, #6. Munich: Lincom Europa.
Bender, Marvin Lionel. 2000. Nilo-Saharan. In: African languages: an introduction,
p. 43-73. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Bendor-Samuel, John Theodor; Olsen, Elizabeth J.; White, Ann R. 1989. Dogon. In:
The Niger-Congo languages, p. 169-177. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel.
Lanham MD, New York & London: Univ. Press of America; Summer Inst. of
Linguistics (SIL).
Benson, Thomas Godfrey. 1964. A century of Bantu lexicography. African language
studies, v. 5, p. 64-91.
Bernsten, Jan[ice] Graham. 1998. Runyakitara: Ugandas new language. Journal of
multilingual and multicultural development, v. 19, 2, p. 93-107.
BHA = Botswana history and archaeology: student research essays written at the
History Dept., Univ. of Botswana.
www.thuto.org/ubh/ac/studrp.htm
Bill, Mary C. 1984. 100 years of Tsonga publications, 1883-1983. African studies, v.
43, 2, p. 67-81.
Biloa, Edmond. 1997. Tuki. Languages of the world: materials, #122. Mnchen: Lin-
com Europa.
Blanchon, Jean Alain. 1988. Une langue mixte en voie de disparition: le geviya.
Pholia, v. 3, p. 53-69.
www.ddl.ish-lyon.cnrs.fr/divers/Download/Pholia/Pholia_N-3.pdf
Blanchon, Jean Alain. 1991. Le pounou (B43), le mpongw (B11a) et lhypothse
fortis / lenis. Pholia, v. 6, p. 49-83.
Blanchon, Jean Alain; Martin, M. Alihanga. 1992. Notes sur la morphologie du
lempiini de Eyuga. Pholia, v. 7, p. 23-40.
Bleek, Dorothea Frances. 1956. A Bushman dictionary. Edited by Zellig S. Harris.
American Oriental series, #41. New Haven CN: American Oriental Soc. Pp xii,
773.
Blench, Roger M. 1989. Nupoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 305-322. Ed. by
John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; Summer
Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Blench, Roger M. 1997. The papers of Roland Stevenson. Nilo-Saharan newsletter,
new series, v. 1, p. 3-16.
Blench, Roger M. 1999. The languages of Africa: macrophyla proposals and implica-
tions for archaeological interpretation. In: Archaeology and language, 4: language
change and cultural transformation, p. 29-47. Ed. by Roger M. Blench and
Matthew Spriggs. One world archaeology, #35. London: Routledge.
Blench, Roger M. 1999b. Are the African pygmies an ethnographic fiction? In:
Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challenging
elusiveness, p. 41-60. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders and Gerda Rossel.
Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies (CNWS),
Leiden Univ.
Blench, Roger M. 2005. Index to atlas of Nigerian languages. 3rd edition, draft.
Cambridge: Mallam Dendo. Pp 114.
www.rogerblench.info/RBOP.htm
Boden, Gertrud. 2005. Western versus Eastern !Xoon: differences, politics, and docu-
mentation. Language archives newsletter (LAN), v. 7, p. 2-7.
www.mpi.nl/LAN
Boilley, Pierre. 1995. Les Touaregs de lAdagh: une bibliographie thmatique, non-
publi. Univ. Paris 7 Denis Diderot.
www.sedet.jussieu.fr/sites/Afrilab/documents/BiblioTheme/BibliTouareg.htm
Boone, Douglas W.; Bradley, David P.; Grant, Caroline A. 1992/99. Central Yamba-
sa survey report. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #1999-009.
www.sil.org/silesr/1999/009/Yambasa.html
Boone, Douglas W.; Watson, Richard L. (Ed.) 1992. Moru-Madi survey report.
Nairobi: Sudan Branch, Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Bostoen, Koen; Maniacky, Jacky. (Ed.) 2005. Studies in African comparative lingu-
istics, with special focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin
and Claire Grgoire. Collection sciences humaines / Collectie mensweten-
schappen, #169. Tervuren: Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale. Pp xi, 495.
Bostoen, Koen; Muluwa, Joseph Koni. 2007. Un recueil de proverbes nsong (R.D.
Congo, bantu B85d). Ann. Aequatoria, v. 28, p. 521-578.
Botne, Robert Dale. 1999. Future and distal -ka-s: Proto-Bantu or nascent form(s)?
In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 473-515.
Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.
Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.
Bouquiaux, Luc. 1978. LEmpire Centrafricaine: description soiolinguistique. In:
Inventaire des tudes linguistiques sur les pays dAfrique noire dexpression
franaise et sur Madagascar, p. 465-472. Ed. by Daniel Barreteau. Paris: Conseil
International de la Langue Franaise (CILF).
Boxer, Charles R. 1952. A glimpse of the Goa archive. Bull. of the School of Oriental
and African Studies, v. 14, p. 299-324.
Boyd, Raymond. 1989. Adamawa-Ubangi. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 178-
Bradley, David P. 1992. Hijuk survey report. Yaound: SIL Cameroon; Min. of
Higher Education, Computer Services and Scientific Research, Cameroon. Pp 7.
www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/hijuk.html
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1998. Moving to survive: Kxoe communities in arid lands. In:
Language, identity and conceptualization among the Khoisan, p. 321-357. Ed. by
Mathias Schladt. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung (Research in Khoisan studies),
#15. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Bromber, Katrin; Smieja, Birgit. 2004. Karsten Legre: a bibliography. In: Globali-
sation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legre), p.
xxvii-xl. Ed. by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studies
and monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Brown, Walter Thaddeus; Brown, Beverly. 1969. White Father archives in Tanzania.
African studies bulletin, v. 12, 2, p. 211-212.
Browne, Glenda. 2001. The definite article: acknowledging The in index entries.
The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 22, 3, p. 119-122.
Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1959. The Bantu languages of Africa. Handbook of Afri-
can languages, #4. London, New York & Cape Town: Oxford Univ. Press; Inter-
national African Inst. (IAI). Pp xi, 170.
Brye, Edward; Brye, Elizabeth. 2001. Rapid appraisal and intelligibility testing
surveys of the eastern Beboid group of languages (Northwest Province): ALCAM
[871, 872, 873, 874, 875] of the Donga Mantung Division and unclassified
ALCAM [885, 886] of the Menchum Division. SIL electronic survey reports
(SILESR), #2002-019. Yaound.
Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1948. Les recherches linguistiques au Congo Belge:
rsultats acquis, nouvelles enqutes entreprendre. Mm. de lIRCB (Inst. Royal
Colonial Belge), collection in-8, section des sciences morales et politiques, #16.
Bruxelles: Libr. Falk fils. Pp 767, map.
Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1949. Existe-t-il un groupe de langues soudanaises qua-
toriales? Troisime congrs international des sciences thnologiques et anthropolo-
giques, Bruxelles 15 aot 1948. Zare: revue congolaise, v. 3, 6, p. 607-616.
Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van. 1952. Les deux cartes linguistiques du Congo Belge.
Mm. de lIRCB (Inst. Royal Colonial Belge), collection in-8, section des scien-
ces morales et politiques, #25:2. Bruxelles. Pp 68.
Bulck, Gaston [Vaast] van; Hackett, Peter E. 1956. Report of the eastern team:
Oubangui to Great Lakes. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland,
v. 1, p. 63-122. Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker. London:
Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Bullwinkle, Davis. AfrBib.
BumPr = The Bum project: (online) bibliography compiled by Ian Fowler.
www.era.anthropology.ac.uk/Era_Resources/Era/Kingdom_Bum/bib.html
Caesar, Gaius Julius. 46 BC. De bello Africo = On the African war.
www.intratext.com/X/LAT0241.HTM
Caesar, Gaius Julius. 1997. The African war. In: The Civil War; with the anonymous
Alexandrian, African, and Spanish wars. Translated with an introduction and notes
by J.M. Carter. London: Oxford Univ. Press.
Calteaux, Karen. 1996. Standard and non-standard African language varieties in the
urban areas of South Africa. Main report for the STANON Research Programme.
Pretoria: Human Sciences Research Council (HSRC).
eric.ed.gov
Capo, Hounkpati B. Christophe. 1989. Defoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.
275-290. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of
America; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Caruso, Yuusuf S. 2009. Swahili acquisitions at Columbia University Libraries,
1979-2006. Web-document, accessed 2009/05. New York: Columbia Univ.
Libraries.
www.columbia.edu/cu/lweb/indiv/africa/swahilibib.html
Cassimjee, Farida. 1992. Fundamental principles of Venda tonology. In: African
linguistic contributions (Festschrift Ernst Westphal), p. 12-51. Ed. by Derek F.
Gowlett. Pretoria: Via Afrika.
CESBC. 2007. Recueils des publications Rpublique Dmocratique du Congo:
travaux universitaires, mmoires. Centre dEtudes Stratgiques du Bassin du
Congo (CESBC).
Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1970. Essai de bibliographie dorientation ethnosociologique
sur les Baoule. Abidjan: Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique
dOutre-Mer (ORSTOM).
Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1971. Bibliographie sur la socit baoul (histoire, anthro-
pologie). In: La vie quotidienne dans un village baoul. Ed. by Vincent Guerry.
Abidjan: Inst. Africaine pour le Dveloppement Economique et Social (INADES).
Chauveau, Jean Pierre. 1973. Complements la bibliographie sur la socit baoul
(histoire, anthropoligie). Abidjan: Office de la Recherche Scientifique et
Technique dOutre-Mer (ORSTOM).
Chiche, Michle. 1990. Index Mandenkan: numros 1 20, 1981-1990. Mandenkan:
bull. semestriel dtudes linguistiques mand, v. 20, p. 91-101.
llacan.vjf.cnrs.fr/fichiers/Mandenkan
CICM. 2004. Scripta confratrum: Congregatio Immaculati Cordis Mariae (CICM).
Katholiek Documentatie- en Onderzoekscentrum voor Religie, Cultuur en
Samenleving (KADOC), Katholieke Univ. Leuven.
kadoc.kuleuven.be/db/inv/scripta_confratrum.pdf
Coger, Dalvan M. 1966. Africana in the Scottish geographical magazine, 1885-
1914. African studies bulletin, v. 9, 3, p. 88-102.
COLBIB = Congo On Line Bibliographie.
www.congonline.com/Biblio/bibliogr.htm
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1951. Classified catalogue of Bantu languages. In: African
music research transcription library of gramophone records: handbook for libra-
rians, p. 16-40. Ed. by Hugh T. Tracey. Johannesburg: Gallo.
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1959. Dokes classification of Bantu languages. African
studies, v. 18, 4, p. 197-213.
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1960. African linguistic studies, 1943-1960. African studies,
v. 19, 4, p. 219-229.
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1961. Dokes classification of Bantu languages [revised]. In:
Contributions to the history of Bantu linguistics, p. 80-96. Ed. by Clement Martyn
Doke and Desmond Thorne Cole. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Cole, Desmond Thorne. 1971. The history of Bantu linguistics to 1945. In: Current
trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa. Ed. by Thomas Albert
Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.
Conceio, Manuel da; McBurney, Susan. 1999. A brief look at the sociolinguistics
of Ronga and other languages spoken in Mozambique. Univ. of Washington wor-
king papers in linguistics, v. 16 (spec. theme: Ronga linguistics, March 1999), p.
9-30.
depts.washington.edu/uwwpl/editions/vol162.html
Connell, Bruce A. 1998. Moribund languages of the Nigeria-Cameroon borderland.
In: Endangered languages in Africa, p. 207-226. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger.
Cologne: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Connell, Bruce A. 1998b. Classifying Cross River. In: Language history and linguis-
tic description in Africa, p. 17-25. Ed. by Ian Maddieson and Thomas Joseph
Hinnebusch. Trends in African linguistics, #2. Trenton NJ & Asmara: Africa
World Press.
Connell, Bruce A. 2000. The integrity of Mambiloid. In: Proceedings of the 2nd
world congress of African linguistics, Leipzig 1997, p. 197-213. Ed. by Ekkehard
Wolff and Orin David Gensler. Cologne: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Connell, Bruce A. 2001. An introduction to the Mambiloid languages. In: Research
mate in African linguistics: focus on Cameroon - a fieldworkers tool for
deciphering the stories Cameroonian languages have to tell, in honor of Professor
Larry M. Hyman, p. 79-92. Ed. by Ngessimo M. Mutaka and Beban Sammy
Chumbow. Grammatische Analysen afrikanischer Sprachen, #17. Cologne: Rdi-
ger Kppe Verlag.
Conover, Helen; Duignan, Peter. 1971. Guide to research and reference works on
sub-Saharan Africa. Assisted by Evelyn Boyce, Liselotte Hogmann and Karen
Fung. Hoover Inst. bibliographical series, #46. Stanford: Hoover Inst. Press.
COPAC = Union catalogue for the Consortium of Research Libraries.
copac.ac.uk
Cope, Anthony T. 1971. A consolidated classification of the Bantu languages.
African studies, v. 30, 3/4, p. 213-236.
Crozier, David Henry; Blench, Roger M. 1992. An index of Nigerian languages. 2nd
edition. Abuja, Ilorin & Dallas: Language Development Centre, Nigerian Educa-
tional Research and Development Council (NERDC); Dept. of Linguistics and
Nigerian Languages, Univ. of Ilorin; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Curto, Jos C.; Gervais, Raymond R. 1994. Bibliography of Canadian masters the-
ses and doctoral dissertation on Africa 1905-1993 / Bibliographie des mmoires
de matrise et thses de doctorat canadiens sur lAfrique 1905-1993. Bibliographic
series: Canadian contributions to African studies / Srie bibliographique: contri-
butions canadiennes aux tudes africaines. Montral: Canadian Association of
African Studies (CAAS) / Association Canadienne des Etudes Africaines (ACEA).
caas.concordia.ca/htm/Page/acea.htm
DATAD = Database of African theses and dissertations.
www.aau.org/datad
Davidson, Basil. 1984. Africa in history: themes and outlines. 3rd edition, revised.
London, Glasgow, Toronto, Sydney & Auckland: Paladin Grafton Books. Pp 384.
Davison, Phil. 1991. Batanga survey report. Yaound: Soc. Internationale de Linguis-
tique (SIL); Min. de lEnseignement Suprieur, de lInformatique et de la Recher-
che Scientifique (MESIRES), Cameroun; Inst. des Sciences Humaines (ISH);
Centre de Recherches et dEtudes Anthropologiques (CREA). Pp 10.
www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/batanga.html
Delord, Jacques. 2000. Index bibliographique. In: La langue kabiye et ses divers
aspects: correspondance avec le Comit de Langue Nationale Kabiye, p. 140-149.
Lom: Ed. Haho.
Denning, Keith; Kemmer, Suzanne. 1990. Bibliography of the published works of
Joseph H. Greenberg. In: On language, p. 723-737. Stanford Univ. Press.
Dierks, Klaus. DNB.
Dieu, Michel; Renaud, Patrick. (Ed.) 1983. Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale.
Inventaire prliminaire: le Cameroun / Atlas linguistique de Cameroun (ALCAM).
Collection de lAtlas linguistique de lAfrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaound:
Agence de Coopration Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Rgional de
Recherche et de Documentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Dveloppe-
ment des Langues Africaines (CERDOTOLA); Direction Gnrale de la Recher-
che Scientifique et Technique (DGRST), Inst. des Sciences Humaines. Pp 475.
Diller, Jason; Jordan-Diller, Kari; Hamm, Cameron. 2002. Sentence repetition testing
(SRT) and language shift survey of the Tuki language. SIL electronic survey
reports (SILESR), #2003-010. Pp 26.
Dimmendaal, Gerrit Jan; Last, Marco. (Ed.) 1998. Surmic languages and cultures.
Nilo-Saharan: linguistic analyses and documentation (NISA), #13. Cologne: Rdi-
ger Kppe Verlag.
DNB = Database of Namibian biographies (website maintained by Klaus Dierks).
www.klausdierks.com/Biographies/index.html
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1933. A preliminary investigation into the state of the native
languages in South Africa, with suggestions as to research and the development of
literature. Bantu studies, v. 7, 1, p. 1-99.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1945. Bantu: modern grammatical, phonetical, and lexicolo-
gical studies. London: Percy Lund, Humphries & Co. for the International Inst. of
African Languages and Cultures (IIALC).
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1959. Bantu language pioneers of the nineteenth century.
African studies, v. 18, p. 1-27.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1959b. Early Bantu literature: the age of Brusciotto. African
studies, v. 18, p. 49-67.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1960. The earliest records of Bantu. African studies, v. 19, p.
26-32.
Doke, Clement Martyn. 1960b. The growth of comparative Bantu philology. African
studies, v. 19, p. 193-218.
Drolc, Ursula; Frank, Caroline; Rottland, Franz. 1999. A linguistic bibliography of
Uganda. African linguistic bibliographies (ALB), #7. Cologne: Rdiger Kppe
Verlag.
Dubins, Barbara. 1969. Nineteenth-century travel literature on the Comoro Islands: a
bibliographical essay. African studies bulletin, v. 12, 2, p. 138-146.
Dufberg, Mats. 1987. Why two labialization strategies in Setswana? PERILUS
(Stockholm), v. 5, p. 78-92.
Dugast, Idelette. 1949. Inventaire ethnique du sud-Cameroun. Mm. de lIFAN (Inst.
Franais de lAfrique Noire), srie populations, #1. Dakar. Pp xii, 159.
Dupeyron, Pedro. 1909. Pequeno vademecum da lingua bantu na provincia de
Moambique ou breve estudo da lingua chi-yao ou adjaua comp. com os dialectos
de sena, tete e quelimane [...]. Lisboa: Administrao do Novo Mensageiro do
Corao de Jesus. Pp 172.
Dupr, Wilhelm. 1968. Obituary: Paul Joachim Schebesta, 1887-1967. American
anthropologist, new series, v. 70, 3, p. 537-545.
Dwyer, David James. 1989. Mande. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 46-65. Ed. by
EA = Die Entwicklung des Afrikanistik in sterreich.
www.afrikanistik.at
Eaton, Helen Catherine; Hunziker, Daniel; Hunziker, Elisabeth. 2007. A Sandawe
dialect survey. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2007-014. Pp 71.
Echegaray, Carlos Gonzalez. 1959. Estudos guineos. Madrid: Consejo Superior de
Investigaciones Cientficas.
Ehret, Christopher; Posnansky, Merrick. (Ed.) 1982. The archaeological and lingu-
istic reconstruction of African history. Berkeley: Univ. of California Press. Pp xi,
299.
EJAB = Electronic journal of Africana bibliography.
sdrc.lib.uiowa.edu/ejab
Ells, Joan. 1968. Reprints of books and journals on Africa. African studies bulletin, v.
11, 3, p. 329-362.
Ells, Joan. 1969. Books and documents on Africa in microform. African studies
bulletin, v. 12, p. 91-110, 177-192.
Elugbe, Ben Ohi[omambe]. 1989. Edoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 291-
Emenanjo, Emmanuel Nolue; Ndimele, Ozo-mekuri. 1995. Kay R.M. Williamson: a
biographical profile and list of publications. In: Issues in African languages and
linguistics: essays in honour of Kay Williamson, p. 1-17. Ed. by Emmanuel Nolue
Emenanjo and Ozo-mekuri Ndimele. Aba (Nigeria): National Inst. for Nigerian
Languages.
Encyclopaedia of Islam. Gibb & others (1960ff).
ERIC = Education Resources Information Center.
eric.edu.gov
ESIL = Ethnologue: languages of the world (SIL International).
www.ethnologue.com
eSR-UC = eScholarship Repository, Univ. of California.
repositories.cdlib.org/escholarship
Ethnologue. ESIL, SIL11, SIL12, SIL13, SIL14, SIL15.
Fage, John Donnelly. 1958/63. An atlas of African history. First edition, reprinted
with amendments. London: Edward Arnold. Pp 64.
Faraclas, Nicholas Gregory. 1989. Cross River. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.
377-399. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of Ame-
rica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Faulkner, Raymond Oliver. 1949. Bibliography of Sir Alan Henderson Gardiner.
Journal of Egyptian archaeology, v. 35, p. 1-12.
Foskett, A.C. 1996. The subject approach to information. 5th edition. London: Libra-
ry Association Publ.
Fowler, Ian. BumPr.
Frankl, Peter J.L. 2002. Preliminary list of Swahili names for fishes of the western
Indian Ocean together with related topics. Suppl. 1 to South African journal of
African languages, v. 16. Pretoria: African Language Association of Southern
Africa (ALASA). Pp 70.
Frick, Esther; Bolli, Margrit. 1971. Inventaire prliminaire des langues et dialectes de
Cte dIvoire. In: Actes du 8me congrs international de linguistique africaine,
Abidjan, 24-28 mars 1969, v. 1, p. 395-416. Ed. by Maurice Hous. Ann. de
lUniv. dAbidjan, srie H: linguistique, hors srie, #1. Abidjan.
Friesen, Lisa. 2002. Valence change and Oroko verb morphology (Mbonge dialect).
MA thesis. Grand Forks ND: Univ. of North Dakota. Pp x, 124.
www.und.nodak.edu/dept/linguistics/theses/2002FriesenL.htm
Frobenius, Leo; Wilm, Ritter von. 1929. Morphologie des afrikanischen Bogenrtes:
Verzeichnis der Originalmanuskripte des Afrika-Archivs. In: Atlas Africanus:
Belege zur Morphologie der afrikanischen Kulturen, 4. Heft. Mnchen: Verlags-
handlung Oskar Beck.
Fung, Karen. SULAIR.
Gadelii, Karl Erland. 1997. Appendix I: languages. In: Lesser Antillean French
Creole and universal grammar, p. 365-381. Gothenburg monographs in linguis-
tics, #15. Dept. of Linguistics, Gteborg Univ.
Gadelii, Karl Erland. 2001. Languages in Mozambique. Africa & Asia: Gteborg
working papers on Asian and African languages and literatures, v. 1 (spec. theme:
Selected papers from the 1st Nordic meeting on African languages, Gteborg
Univ., 8-10 December 2000, edited by Jouni Maho), p. 6-12.
www.african.gu.se/aa/downloads.html
Gadelii, Karl Erland. 2003. Annotated statistics on language polices and practices in
Africa. Unpublished report. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO). Pp 45.
www.african.gu.se/downloads/gadeliireport.pdf
Gann, L.H. 1958. The Northern Rhodesia journal as an historical source book.
Human problems in British Central Africa, v. 23, p. 47-53.
Gardiner, Alan Henderson. 1957. Egyptian grammar: being an introduction to the
study of hieroglyphs. 3rd edition. Oxford: Griffith Inst., Ashmolean Museum.
GBV = Gemeinsamer Bibliotheksverbund / Common Library Network.
www.gbv.de/vgm
Geider, Thomas. 2003. A bibliography of Swahili literature, linguistics, culture, and
history. Swahili Forum, v. 10, p. 1-110.
Gerhardt, Ludwig. 1989. Kainji and Platoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 359-
Gibb, H.A.R. Ibn Battta (1958/71).
Gibb, H.A.R.; others. (Ed.) 1960ff. Encyclopaedia of Islam, 12 vols. New (2nd)
edition. Leiden: E.J. Brill.
Gibson, Gordon D. 1969. A bibliography of anthropological bibliographies: Africa.
Current anthropology, v. 10, 5, p. 527-566.
Gibson, Gordon D.; Larson, Thomas John; McGurk, Cecilia R. 1981. The Kavango
peoples. Studien zur Kulturkunde, #56. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag. Pp viii,
275.
Gordon, Raymond G. SIL15.
Gordon, Robert James. 1992. References and bibliography. In: The Bushman myth:
the making of a Namibian underclass, p. 269-290. Conflict and social change
series. Boulder CO, San Francisco & Oxford: Westview Press.
Grabenhorst, Ulrike. 1990. Bibliographical update: addenda to A tentative biblio-
graphy of Swahili 1964-1984. Suppl. 1 to Working papers in Kiswahili. Ghent:
Seminar for Swahili and Language Problems of Developing Nations.
Grant, Caroline A. 1992. Dialect intelligibility testing among Central Yambasa
speech varieties. Yaound: SIL Cameroon. Pp 23.
www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/yangben.html
Gray, Peter. 2002. Hadza bibliography. Undated web-document, accessed September
2002. Cambridge MA: Peabody Museum, Harvard Univ.
www.people.fas.harvard.edu/~gray/bibliography.html
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1954. Etudes sur la classification des langues africaines
[pt. 1]. Bull. de lIFAN (Inst. Franais de lAfrique Noire), srie B: sciences
humaines, v. 16, p. 83-142.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1955. Etudes sur la classification des langues africaines
[pt. 2]. Bull. de lIFAN (Inst. Franais de lAfrique Noire), srie B: sciences
humaines, v. 17, p. 59-108.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1955b. Studies in African linguistic classification. New
Haven CN: Compass Publ. Pp v, 116.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1963. The languages of Africa. Publ. from the Indiana
Univ. Research Center in Anthropology, Folklore and Linguistics, #25; suppl. to
International journal of American linguistics, v. 29, n. 1. The Hague, Paris &
Bloomington: Mouton & Co. Pp vi, 171.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1966. The languages of Africa. 2nd edition. Publ. from the
Indiana Univ. Research Center for the Language Sciences, #25. The Hague, Paris
& Bloomington: Mouton & Co. Pp vi, 180.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1969. African languages. Encyclopaedia britannica, 14th
edition, v. 1, p. 312-314.
Greenberg, Joseph Harold. 1969b. African languages. Colliers encyclopedia, v. 1, p.
243-247.
Greenough, George Bellas. 1841. Address to the Royal Geographical Society of
London [on recent voyages, travels, and discoveries]. Journal of the Royal
Geographical Soc. of London, v. 11, p. xxxix-lxxvii.
Grgoire, H. Claire. 1994. A diachronic approach to classes 10 and 11 in Bantu, with
special reference to north-western languages. Proceedings of the annual meeting of
the Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v. 20, suppl. (spec. theme: Special session on
historical issues in African linguistics, ed. by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson
and Comfort Wentum), p. 21-34.
Grgoire, H. Claire; Janssens, Baudoin. 1999. Laugment en bantou du nord-ouest.
Grimes, Barbara F. SIL11, SIL12, SIL13, SIL14.
Gromova, Nelly Vladimirovna. 2000. Borrowings from local Bantu languages in
Swahili. In: Lugha za Tanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the
memory of Prof. Clement Maganga, p. 43-50. Ed. by Kulikoyela Kanalwanda
Kahigi, Yared Magori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School of
Asian, African and Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.
Grottanelli, Vinigi L. 1952. Letnologia africana nellultimo quinquennio. Rivista di
antropologia, v. 34, p. 231-241, 273-283.
Grout, Lewis. 1849. The Zulu and other dialects of southern Africa. Journal of the
American Oriental Soc., v. 1, p. 397-433.
Guarisma, Gladys. 2003. Kpa (A53). In: The Bantu languages, p. 307-334. Ed. by
Derek Nurse and Grard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New
York: Routledge.
Guarisma, Gladys; Paulian, Christiane. 1986. Dialectomtrie lexicale de quelques
parlers bantous de la zone A. In: La mthode dialectomtrique applique aux
langues africaines, p. 93-176. Ed. by Gladys Guarisma and Wilhelm Johann Georg
Mhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Guiness, H. Grattan. Vetralla (1882).
Gldemann, Tom; Vossen, Rainer. 2000. Khoisan. In: African languages: an intro-
duction, p. 99-122. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Gunnemark, Erik V.; Kenrick, Donald. 1985. A geolinguistic handbook. Gteborg:
Self-published.
GUSLC = Z39.50 Gateway to US Library Catalogues.
www.loc.gov/z3950
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1948. The classification of the Bantu languages. London: Oxford
Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1953. The Bantu languages of western equatorial Africa. Hand-
book of African languages. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African
Inst. (IAI). Pp 94.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1967/71. Comparative Bantu: an introduction to the comparative
linguistics and prehistory of the Bantu languages, 4 vols. Letchworth UK &
Brookfield VT: Gregg International.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1969. Features of verbal structure in S.W. Fang. International
journal of American linguistics, v. 35, 4, p. 356-365.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. Comparative Bantu, 2: Bantu prehistory, inventory and
indexes. London: Gregg International.
Guthrie, Malcolm. 1971. The western Bantu languages. In: Current trends in linguis-
tics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 357-366. Ed. by Thomas Albert
Guthrie, Malcolm; Tucker, Archibald Norman. (Ed.) 1956. Linguistic survey of the
northern Bantu borderland, v. 1. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International Afri-
can Inst. (IAI). Pp 146.
Haacke, Wilfrid [Heinrich] [Gerhard]; Eiseb, Eliphas; Namaseb, Levi. 1997. Internal
and external relations of Khoekhoe dialects: a preliminary survey. In: Namibian
languages: reports and papers, p. 125-209. Ed. by Wilfrid Haacke and Edward
Derek Elderkin. Namibian African studies, #4. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag;
Univ. of Namibia (UNAM).
Hachipola, Simooya Jerome. 1996. Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe: a
research report. Harare: Dept. of African Languages and Literature, Univ. of
Zimbabwe. Pp vi, 75, 30.
Hachipola, Simooya Jerome. 1998. Survey of the minority languages of Zimbabwe.
Harare: Univ. of Zimbabwe Publ.
Hadermann, Pascale. 1999. Les formes nomino-verbales de classes 5 et 15 dans
langues bantoues du nord-ouest. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and
empirical perspectives, p. 431-471. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael
Hyman. Lecture notes, #99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and
Information) Publ.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1966. The use of African languages in Afro-European
contacts in Guinea 1440-1560. Sierra Leone language review, v. 5, p. 5-26.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1966b. The spelling and connotation of the toponym
Sierra Leone since 1461. Sierra Leone studies, new series, v. 18, p. 43-58.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1967. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Upper Guinea
coast before 1700. African language review, v. 6, p. 32-70.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1967b. Ethnolinguistic continuity on the Guinea coast.
Journal of African history, v. 8, 2, p. 247-269.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1968. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea
coast before 1700 [pt. 1]. African language review, v. 7, p. 47-73.
Hair, Paul Edward Hedley. 1969. An ethnolinguistic inventory of the Lower Guinea
coast before 1700 [pt. 2]. African language review, v. 8, p. 225-236.
Halemba, Andrzej. 1994. Mambwe-English dictionary. Ndola: Mission Press. Pp
xxiii, 984.
Halme, Riikka. 2004. A tonal grammar of Kwanyama. Namibian African studies, #8.
Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Hamad, Bushra. 1995. Sudan notes and records and Sudanese nationalism, 1918-
1956. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 239-270.
Hamm, Cameron. 1999. Beboid language family of Cameroon and Nigeria: location
and genetic classification. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-017.
Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp 4.
Hamm, Cameron; Diller, Jason; Jordan-Diller, Kari; Tiati, Ferdinand Assako a. 2001.
A rapid appraisal survey of western Beboid languages (Menchum Division,
Northwest Province) ALCAM [876, 877, 878, 879]. SIL electronic survey reports
(SILESR), #2002-014. Pp 40.
Hammarstrm, Harald. 2009. The status of the least documented language families in
the world. In: Unsupervised learning of morphology and the languages of the
world, p. 243-274. Gteborg: Chalmers Univ. of Technology & Gteborg Univ.
Hansmann, Louise; Buchholz, Irmela; Ockhuizen, Martin; Morgenstern, Renate.
2004. Bibliography of publications by staff members of the University of Namibia,
1992-2002. Library publ., #3. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia. Pp 230.
Harris, Joseph E. 1987. Africans and their history. 2nd edition. Mentor books,
#ME2556. New York: New American Library. Pp 302.
Harrison, Byron; Harrison, Anette Rene; Rueck, Michael J. 1997. Southern Songhay
speech varieties in Niger: a sociolinguistic survey of the Zarma, Songhay, Kurtey,
Wogo, and Dendi peoples of Niger. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR),
#1999-004.
www.sil.org/silesr/1999/004/zarmarpt4.pdf
Hayward, Richard J. (Ed.) 1990. Omotic language studies. School of Oriental and
African Studies (SOAS), Univ. of London. Pp xxvi, 639.
Hayward, Richard J. 2000. Afroasiatic. In: African languages: an introduction, p. 74-
98. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Heald, Suzette. 1998. Isaac Schapera: a bibliography. Pula: Botswana journal of Afri-
can studies, v. 12, 1/2, p. 100-115.
Heath, Teresa. 2003. Makaa (A83). In: The Bantu languages, p. 335-348. Ed. by
Derek Nurse and Grard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New
York: Routledge.
Heawood, Edward. 1895. African ethnology. The geographical journal, v. 6, 5, p.
465-469.
Heawood, Edward. 1898. African books 1897-1898. The geographical journal, v. 12,
3, p. 300-306.
Heawood, Edward. 1899. Some new books on Africa. The geographical journal, v.
13, 4, p. 412-422.
Hedinger, Robert. 1987. The Manenguba languages (Bantu A.15, Mbo cluster) of
Cameroon. School of Oriental and African Studies (SOAS), Univ. of London.
Hedinger, Robert. 1989. Northern Bantoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages: a classi-
fication and description of Africas largest language family, p. 421-429. Ed. by
John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD, New York & London: Univ. Press of
Heine, Bernd. 1970. Status and use of African lingua francas. Translated from
German. Afrika-Studien der IFO-Inst. fr Wirtschaftsforschung, #49. Mnchen:
Weltforum-Verlag.
Heine, Bernd. 1972/73. Zur genetischen Gliederung der Bantu-Sprachen. Afrika und
bersee, v. 56, p. 164-185.
Heine, Bernd; Hoff, Hans; Vossen, Rainer. 1977. Neuere Ergebnisse zur Territorial-
geschichte des Bantu. In: Zur Sprachgeschichte und Ethnohistorie in Afrika, p. 57-
72. Ed. by Wilhelm Johann Georg Mhlig, Franz Rottland and Bernd Heine.
Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Heine, Bernd; Mhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. (Ed.) 1980. Language and dialect
atlas of Kenya, 1: geographical and historical introduction; language and society;
selected bibliography. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Heintze, Beatrix. 2004. Deutsche Forschungsreisende in westlichen Zentralafrika des
19. Jahrhunderts. Arbeitspapiere des Inst. fr Ethnologie und Afrikastudien, #40.
Mainz: Johannes Gutenberg Univ.
Henige, David P. 1973. The National Archives of Ghana: a synopsis of holdings.
International journal of African historical studies, v. 6, 3, p. 475-486.
Henige, David P. 1994. The writings of Jan Vansina & Dissertations in history
supervised by Jan Vansina. In: Paths toward the past: African historical essays in
honor of Jan Vansina, p. 473-482. Ed. by Robert Wayne Harms, Joseph Calder
Miller, David Starr Newbury and Michele D. Wagner. Atlanta: ASA (African
Studies Association) Press.
Herbert, Robert K. 1993. C.M. Doke: list of publications and manuscripts. African
studies, v. 52, 2 (spec. theme: Not with one mouth (C.M. Doke centenary): conti-
nuity and change on southern African language studies, edited by Robert K.
Herbert), p. 5-15.
Herodotus. 420 BC. Istoria.
Herodotus. 2003. The histories. 4th edition, translated by Aubrey de Slincourt,
further revised and annotated by John Marincola. Penguin classics. Harmonds-
worth: Penguin Books.
Hess, Robert L.; Coger, Dalvan M. 1972. Bibliography of nineteenth-century tropical
Africa: a bibliography of primary sources for nineteenth-century tropical Africa as
recorded by explorers, missionaries, traders, travellers, administrators, military
men, adventurers, and others. Hoover Inst. bibliographical series, #47. Stanford:
Board of Trustees, Leland Stanford Junior Univ.
Hewitt, Roger L. 1986. Bibliography. In: Structure, meaning and ritual in the narra-
tives of the Southern San, p. 249-278. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #2.
Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Hillebrecht, Werner. 1997. Namibian dictionary of acronyms and abbreviations. First
draft version. NIWA (Namibian Information Workers Association) reference
guides, #2; suppl. to NIWA-Info: newsletter of the Namibian Information Workers
Association, v. 7, n. 1/4. Windhoek. Pp 19.
Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1975. A reconstructed chronology of loss: Swahili class
9/10. Ohio State Univ. working papers in linguistics, v. 20 (spec. theme: Procee-
dings of the 6th conference on African linguistics, edited by Robert K. Herbert),
p. 32-41.
Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1989. Bantu. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 450-
Hinnebusch, Thomas Joseph. 1999. Contact and lexicostatistics in comparative Bantu
studies. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p.
173-205. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes,
#99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.
Hinton, John E. 1995. Bibliography of Arabic dictionaries. Linguist (mailinglist), v.
6-870.
listserv.linguistlist.org/cgi-bin/wa?A2=ind9506D&L=linguist&P=R7474
Hintze, Ursula. 1959. Bibliographie der Kwa-Sprachen und der Sprachen der Togo-
Restvlker. Verff. des Inst. fr Orientforschung der Deutschen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, #42. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag.
Hitchcock, Robert Karl. 1986. Ethnographic research and socioeconomic develop-
ment among Kalahari San: some tables. In: The past and future of !Kung
ethnography (Festschrift Lorna Marshall), p. 375-423. Ed. by Megan Biesele,
Robert James Gordon and Richard B. Lee. Quellen zur Khoisan-Forschung, #4.
Holm, John A. 1988/89. Pidgins and creoles, 2 vols. Cambridge Univ. Press.
Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1987. Phonetic conditioning for the development of nasali-
zation in Teke. Pholia, v. 2, p. 85-93.
Hombert, Jean-Marie. 1991. Quelques critres de classification des parlers fang.
Pholia, v. 6, p. 145-153.
Hombert, Jean-Marie. 2009. La diversit culturelle de lAfrique est menace. La
recherche, v. 429, April, p. 36-39.
Howell, John Bruce. 1991. Index to African Studies Review & Bulletin and the ASA
Review of Books, 1958-1990. Atlanta: African Studies Association (ASA).
Howell, John Bruce; Scheven, Yvette. 1996. Guides, collections and ancillary mate-
rials to African archival resources in the United States. Electronic journal of Afri-
cana bibliography, #1. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries of Iowa.
Hudson, Grover. 2003. Bibliography of Highland East Cushitic. Web-document,
dated 6 July 2003, accessed June 2006. East Lansing: Michigan State Univ.
www.msu.edu/~hudson/HECrefs.htm
Huey, Paul; Mbongue, Joseph. 1995. A rapid appraisal survey of Tuki (ALCAM
551), Mbam et Inoubou & Mbam et Kim Divisions, Center Province. Yaound:
Min. of Scientific and Technical Research, Cameroon. Pp 20.
www.sil.org/africa/cameroun/bylanguage/languages/tuki.html
Hughes, H.G.A. 1949. The bibliography of British Africa and the co-ordination of
African studies. African affairs, v. 48, 190, p. 63-72.
Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 1992. La linguistique et lhistoire des Mongo. Ann. Aequatoria, v.
13, p. 53-66.
Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 1993. Liste et carte des dialectes mongo. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14,
p. 401-406.
Hulstaert, Gustaaf. 2001. Elments pour la dialectologie mngo, 3: lexique. Ann.
Aequatoria, v. 22, p. 221-258.
Hunwick, John O. 2001. Timbuktu: a bibliography. Sudanic Africa (Oslo), v. 12, p.
115-129.
Hyman, Larry Michael. 1999. The historical interpretation of vowel harmony in
Bantu. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p.
235-295. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes,
#99. Stanford: CSLI (Center for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.
Hyman, Larry Michael. 2004. Why describe African languages? In: Proceedings of
the 4th world congress of African linguistics, New Brunswick 2003, p. 21-41. Ed.
by Akinbiyi M. Akinlab and Oluseye Adesola. Cologne: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
linguistics.berkeley.edu/~hyman/Rutgers_Paper_Why_Describe3.pdf
Hyman, Larry Michael; Katamba, Francis X. 1991. Cyclicity and suffix doubling in
the Bantu verb stem. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Lingu-
istics Soc., v. 17, suppl. (spec. theme: Special session on African language struc-
tures, edited by Kathleen Hubbard), p. 134-144.
Ibn Battta. 1358. Tuhfat al-nuzzr f gharib al-amsr wa-adjib al-asfr.
Ibn Battta. 1958/71. The travels of Ibn Battuta, A.D. 1325-1354, 3 vols. Translated
with revisions and notes by H.A.R. Gibb, from the Arabic text edited by C.
Defrmery and B.R. Sanguinetti. Works issued by the Hakluyt Soc., second series,
#110+117+141. Cambridge: The Univ. Press.
IDELib = IDE (Inst. of Developing Economies) Library, Tokyo.
www.ide.go.jp/English/Library
Idris, Hlne Fatima. 2003. Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus on
Nilo-Saharan and Afro-Asiatic languages. Africa & Asia: Gteborg working
papers on Asian and African languages and literatures, v. 3, p. 53-63.
IntArch = Internet Archive.
www.archive.org
IRD = Ressources documentaires de lIRD (Inst. de Recherche pour le Dveloppe-
ment) dIle-de-France.
www.documentation.ird.fr
ISBN. 2004. Guidelines for the implementation of 13-digit ISBNs. Berlin: Interna-
tional ISBN (International Standard Book Number) Agency.
www.isbn-international.org
ISBN. 2005. ISBN users manual. 5th edition. Berlin: International ISBN (Interna-
tional Standard Book Number) Agency.
www.isbn-international.org
Isizoh, Chidi Denis. 2006. Bibliography on African traditional religion. Web-docu-
ment, accessed May 2009.
www.afrikaworld.net/afrel/atr_bibliography.htm
Izard, Franoise; Bonnefond, Philippe; Huart, Michle d. 1967. Bibliographie gn-
rale de la Haute-Volta 1956-1965. Recherches voltaiques: collection de travaux de
sciences humaines sur la Haute-Volta, #7. Paris & Ouagadougou: Centre National
de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS); Centre Voltaique de la Recherche Scienti-
fique (CVRS).
Jacobs, Alan H. 1965. Bibliography of the Masai. African studies bulletin, v. 8, 3, p.
40-60.
Jacquot, Andr. 1971. Les langues du Congo-Brazzaville: inventaire et classification.
Cahiers de lORSTOM (Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique dOutre-
Mer): srie sciences humaines, v. 8, 4, p. 349-357, map.
www.bondy.ird.fr/pleins_textes/pleins_textes_4/sci_hum/19840.pdf
Jacquot, Andr. 1983. Les classes nominales dans les langues bantoues des groupes
B.10, B.20, B.30 (Gabon-Congo). Travaux et documents de lORSTOM (Office de
la Recherche Scientifique et Technique dOutre-Mer), #157. Paris. Pp 360.
www.bondy.ird.fr/pleins_textes/pleins_textes_5/pt5/travaux_d/03854.pdf
Jacquot, Andr; Richardson, Irvine. 1956. Report of the western team: Atlantic coast
to Oubangui. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, v. 1, p. 9-62.
Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker. London: Oxford Univ.
Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Janson, Tore. 1982. Unpublished bibliography of Setswana, Sepedi and Sesotho,
1945-1981. Gteborg Univ. Pp 11.
Janson, Tore; Tsonope, Joseph. 1991. Birth of a national language: the history of
Setswana. Gaborone: Heinemann Botswana; National Inst. of Development
Research and Documentation (NIR), Univ. of Botswana. Pp vi, 165.
Janssens, Baudoin. 1991. Doubles rflexes apparents en ewondo ou les chasss-
croiss de la drivation. Pholia, v. 6, p. 155-180.
Jenewari, Charles E.W. 1989. Ijoid. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 105-118. Ed.
by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; Summer
Johansson, Peter. 2001. Skandinaviska pionjrer i sdra Afrika. In: Handelsfursten i
Damaraland, p. 30-33. Stockholm: Carlssons Bokfrlag.
Johnson, D.M. 1974. Writings of W.H. Whiteley: books and articles. Bull. of the
School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 37, 1, p. ix-xii.
Johnston, Alex. 1927. Sir Harry Johnston. Journal of the African Soc., v. 27, 105, p.
1-6.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1913. Bibliography of the history of colonization of
Africa: books specially useful. In: A history of the colonization of Africa by alien
races, p. 467-471. New edition, revised throughout and considerably enlarged.
Cambridge: The Univ. Press.
Johnston, Harry Hamilton. 1919. Bibliography of the Bantu and Semi-Bantu langu-
ages. In: A comparative study of the Bantu and semi-Bantu languages, v. 1, p. 785-
815. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Jokweni, Mbulelo Wilson; Thipa, Henry M. 1996. ATR harmony in Xhosa. South
African journal of African languages, v. 16, 4, p. 119-123.
Jucovy, Kyra; Alderete, John. 2001. A bibliography of Berber language materials.
Web-document, dated 14 June 2001, accessed June 2006. Swarthmore College.
www.sfu.ca/~alderete
Juengling, Fritz. 1998. A bibliography of English in South Africa. Language matters,
v. 29, p. 179-255.
www.ru.ac.za/affiliates/dsae/SAFENG.HTML
Junge, P. 1985. Bibliographie deutscher Kolonialzeitschriften. Verff. aus dem ber-
see-Museum Bremen, Reihe C: deutsche geographische Bltter, neue Folge, #3.
Kadima, Kamuleta; Mutombo, Huta-Mukana; Bokula, Moiso; Kabuyaya, Kalondero;
Mbula, P.; Thimbombo, N. 1983. Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale.
Inventaire prliminaire: le Zare / Atlas linguistique de Zare. Collection de
lAtlas linguistique de lAfrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaound: Agence de
Coopration Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Rgional de Recherche et de
Documentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Dveloppement des Langues
Africaines (CERDOTOLA); Equipe Nationale Zaroise. Pp 161, maps.
Khler-Meyer, Emmi. 1943/44. Das Werk von Carl Meinhof. Zeits. fr Eingebo-
renen-Sprachen, v. 34, p. 131-172.
Khler-Meyer, Emmi. 1971. Niger-Congo, Eastern Bantu. In: Current trends in
linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 307-356. Ed. by Thomas Albert
Kamal, Yusuf [Prince]. 1926/51. Monumenta cartographica Africae et Aegypti, 5
vols in 16 parts. Cairo: Self-published.
Kaye, Alan S. 2002. Carleton Taylor Hodge. Language, v. 78, 1, p. 156-160.
Kebreab, W. Giorgis. 2007. The entry word in Ethiopian names. The indexer: the
international journal of indexing, v. 25, 4, p. C8-C9.
King, Anthony. 1996. The Central African examiner, 1957-1965. Zambezia, v. 23, 2,
p. 133-155.
Kirwan, L.P. 1982. Greek and Roman expeditions to the southern Sudan. In: Culture
history in the southern Sudan: archaeology, linguistics, ethnohistory, p. 71-74. Ed.
by John Mack and Peter T. Robertshaw. Memoirs of the British Inst. in Eastern
Africa (BIEA), #8. Nairobi.
Klieman, Karin Anne. 1999. Hunter-gatherers participation in rainforest trade sys-
tems: a comparative history of forest vs ecotone societies in Gabon and Congo,
c.1000-1800 AD. In: Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary
perspective: challenging elusiveness, p. 89-104. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan
Elders and Gerda Rossel. Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and
Amerindian Studies (CNWS).
Khler, Oswin Reinhold Albin. 1981. Les langues khoisan: prsentation densemble.
In: Les langues dans le monde ancien et moderne, p. 459-482. Ed. by Jean Perrot,
Gabriel Manessy and Albert Valdman. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche
Scientifique (CNRS).
Koni Muluwa, Joseph; Bostoen, Koen. 2008. Noms et usages des plantes utiles chez
les Nsong. Gteborg africana informal series, #6. Dept. of Oriental and African
Languages, Gteborg Univ.
www.african.gu.se/gais.html
Kosch, Ingeborg M. 1993. A historical perspective on Northern Sotho linguistics.
Monograph series, #5. Pretoria: Via Afrika.
Krger, Franz. 1992. Bibliography. In: Buli-English dictionary, p. 558-572. Research
on African languages and cultures, #1. Mnster & Hamburg: Lit Verlag.
Krger, Oliver. 2005. Report on a survey of coastal Makua dialects. SIL electronic
survey reports (SILESR), #2005-020. Pp 45.
Kropp Dakubu, Mary Esther. 1976. On the linguistic geography of the area of
Ancient Begho. In: Languages of the Akan area: papers in western Kwa linguistics
and on the linguistic geography of the area of Ancient Begho = Transactions of
the Linguistic Circle of Accra, III, p. 63-91. Ed. by H. Max J. Trutenau. BAB
(Basler Afrika Bibliographien) Mitt., #14. Basel.
Krger, Susanne. 2004. A sociolinguistic survey of Pinyin and Awing. SIL electronic
survey reports (SILESR), #2004-008. Pp 22.
Kuba, Richard; Lentz, Carola. 2001. The Dagara and their neighbors (Burkina Faso
and Ghana). Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #7. Iowa City: Univ.
Libraries of Iowa.
Kuper, Adam J. 1983. Anthropology and anthropologists: the modern British school.
New (2nd) edition, revised. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.
Kuperus, Julie. 1985. The Londo word: its phonological and morphological struc-
ture. Ann. du MRAC (Muse Royal de lAfrique Centrale), sciences humaines,
#119. Tervuren. Pp 331.
Labroussi, Catherine. 1999. Vowel systems and spirantization in southwest Tanzania.
Lamberty, Melinda. 2002. A rapid appraisal survey of the Abo and Barombi speech
communities, South West and Littoral Provinces, Cameroon. SIL electronic survey
reports (SILESR), #2002-075. Pp 28.
Latham, Robert Gordon. 1847. On the present state and recent progress of ethno-
graphical philology, 1: Africa. Reports of the meeting of the British Association for
the Advancement of Science, v. 17, p. 154-229.
Lauer, Joseph L.; Larkin, Gregory V.; Kagan, Alfred. 1989. American and Canadian
doctoral dissertations and masters theses on Africa, 1974-1987. Atlanta: Cross-
road Press; African Studies Association (ASA).
Law, Robin. 1994. A lagoonside port on the eighteenth-century slave coast: the early
history of Badagri. Canadian journal of African studies / Revue canadienne des
tudes africaines, v. 28, 1, p. 32-59.
Lee, Richard B.; DeVore, Irven. 1976. Bibliography. In: Kalahari hunter-gatherers:
studies of the !Kung San and their neighbours, p. 377-394. Ed. by Richard B. Lee
and Irven DeVore. Cambridge MA & London: Harvard Univ. Press.
Levtzion, Nehemia; Hopkins, J.F.P. (Ed.) 1981. Corpus of early Arabic sources for
West African history. Fontes historiae africanae, series arabica, #4. Cambridge
Univ. Press.
Levy, Leah. 1968. A preliminary list of publications referring to the non-Bantu click
languages. Comm. from the School of African Studies, new series, #33. Univ. of
Cape Town.
LIBRIS = The National Library of Sweden, Stockholm.
www.libris.kb.se
Limb, Peter. AZ.
Lindfors, Bernth. 2001. Hottentot, Bushman, Kaffir: the making of racist stereotypes
in 19th-century Britain. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and
Europe, p. 54-75. Ed. by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
LingL = The Linguist List (mailinglist), Eastern Michigan Univ.
linguistlist.org
Liqun, Dai. 2006. Chinese personal names & The hundred surnames: a Pinyin index.
The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 25, 2, p. C1-C8.
LoC = Library of Congress, Washington DC.
catalogue.loc.gov
Lonkama, Ekonyo Bandengo. 1988. Index des sujets et auteurs dAequatoria (1937-
1962). Ann. Aequatoria, v. 9, annexe, p. 5-50.
Lonkama, Ekonyo Bandengo. 1990. Index des Annales Aequatoria 1980-1989:
sujets, auteurs, recensions, cartes. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 11, p. 493-550.
Lowe, John B.; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1997. Bantu MapMaker 3.1. Univ. of California
at Berkeley & Leiden Univ.
linguistics.berkeley.edu/CBOLD/Maps/BMM1.html
Lukas, Johannes. 1943/44. Carl Meinhof. Zeits. fr Eingeborenen-Sprachen, v. 34, p.
81-93.
Lusakalalu, Pedro. 2003. What is Rukavango? Nordic journal of African studies, v.
12, 1, p. 92-104.
www.njas.helsinki.fi
Lydall, Jean. 2003. Hamar cluster. In: Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, v. 2. Ed. by Sieg-
bert Uhlig, Yimam Baye and others. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz Verlag.
Maass, Antje. 2008. Le bilala, le kouka et le medogo: trois langues ou une? SIL
electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2008-005. Pp 25.
Maass, Antje; Grant, Caroline A.; Huey, Paul; Dakouli, Padeu. 2008. Rapport den-
qute sociolinguistique: premire valuation parmi les baran du Gura. SIL
electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2008-004. Pp 27.
Maganga, Clement; Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1992. Kinyamwezi: grammar, texts, voca-
bulary. East African languages and dialects, #1. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag. Pp
325.
Maho, Jouni Filip. WebAL.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 1998. Few people, many tongues: the languages of Namibia.
Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan Publ. Pp x, 222.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2001. African languages country by country: a reference guide.
5th edition, dated September 2001. Gteborg africana informal series, #1. Dept. of
Oriental and African Languages, Gteborg Univ.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2003. A classification of the Bantu languages: an update of
Guthries referential system. In: The Bantu languages, p. 639-651. Ed. by Derek
Nurse and Grard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London & New York:
Routledge.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2004. How many languages are there in Africa, really? In: Globa-
lisation and African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legre), p.
279-296. Ed. by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studies
and monographs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2008. Indices to Bantu languages. Studies in African linguistics,
#73. Mnchen: Lincom Europa. Pp 187.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2008b. The Bantu bibliography. African linguistic bibliographies
(ALB), #8. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag. Pp xxiv, 844.
Maho, Jouni Filip. 2009. The New Updated Guthrie List: a referential classification
of the Bantu languages (keeping Malcolm Guthries system updated). Forth-
coming. Pp c.250.
Maho, Jouni Filip; Lodhi, Abdulaziz Yusuf. 2006. Bibliography and references. In:
Ten annotated Haya wordlists from Tanzania, p. 51-69. Dept. of Oriental and
African Languages, Gteborg Univ.
Maho, Jouni Filip; Sands, Bonny [Eva]. 2002. The languages of Tanzania: a biblio-
graphy. Orientalia et africana gothoburgensia, #17. Gteborg: Acta Universitatis
Gothoburgensis.
Manessy, Gabriel. 1996. La dtermination nominale en senoufo. Linguistique afri-
caine, v. 16, p. 53-68.
Mangulu, Andr Motingea. 1988. Bibliographie Ngombe selective. In: Elments de
grammaire lingombe, avec une bibliographie exhaustive, p. 77-86. Etudes aequa-
toria, #3. Bamanya (Zare): Centre Aequatoria.
Mangulu, Andr Motingea. 1993. Les langues mabinja (Uele) et ngombe (C41). Ann.
Mann, Michael; Dalby, David. (Ed.) 1987. A thesaurus of African languages: a
classified and annotated inventory of the spoken languages of Africa. In
collaboration with Philip Baker, Abdulaay Bari, Catherine Bozon-Verduraz, Sidia
Jatta and John Saeed. London, Mnchen, New York & Paris: Hans Zell Publ.;
K.G. Saur Verlag; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp 325.
Marais, Johannes Stephanus. 1939. The Cape Coloured people, 1652-1937. London,
New York & Toronto: Longmans, Green & Co. Pp xxiii, 296.
Marchese, Lynell. 1989. Kru. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 119-139. Ed. by
Marincola, John. Herodotus (2003).
Marsden, William. 1827. Bibliotheca marsdeniana: philologica et orientalis, a cata-
logue of books and manuscripts collected with a view to the general comparison of
languages and to the study of Oriental literature. London: J.L. Cox. Pp 309.
Martinus, Efraim Frank. 1997. The kiss of a slave: Papiamentus West-African
connections. PhD thesis. Univ. of Amsterdam. Pp xiii, 292.
Masele, Balla F.Y.P. 2000. Nominal tone in Jinakiiya dialect, Kisukuma. In: Lugha
za Tanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof.
Clement Maganga, p. 97-109. Ed. by Kulikoyela Kanalwanda Kahigi, Yared
Magori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School of Asian, African
and Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.
Masonen, Pekka. 2000. The Description of Africa and its editions & The contents
and sources of the Description of Africa. In: The Negroland revisited: discovery
an invention of the Sudanese Middle Ages, p. 175-196. Ann. academiae scientia-
rum fennicae, serie humaniora, #309. Helsinki: Finnish Academy of Science and
Letters.
Massamba, David Phineas Bhukanda. 2000. Ci-Ruri verbal inflection. In: Lugha za
Tanzania / Languages of Tanzania: studies dedicated to the memory of Prof.
Clement Maganga, p. 111-126. Ed. by Kulikoyela Kanalwanda Kahigi, Yared
Magori Kihore and Maarten Mous. CNWS (Research School of Asian, African
and Amerindian Studies) publ., #89. Leiden Univ.
Mavoungou, Paul Achille. 2002. Sociolinguistic and linguistic aspects of borrowing
in Yilumbu. South African journal of African languages, v. 22, 1, p. 41-58.
Mayer, Raymond. 1989. Inventaire et recension de 130 rcits migratoires originaux
du Gabon. Pholia, v. 4, p. 171-216.
Mbele, Joseph L. 2002. A bibliography of Sukuma and Nyamwezi culture and socie-
ty. Undated web-document, accessed April 2002.
www.stolaf.edu/people/mbele/bibliography.htm
Mbongue, Joseph; Domche Teko, Engelbert; Brye, Edward; Brye, Elizabeth. 2002.
Premire valuation globale de la situation sociolinguistique de la langue lefa
(lfa). SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-049. Pp 21.
Mchombo, Sam A. 1999. Argument structure and verbal morphology in Chichewa.
Malilime: Malawian journal of linguistics, v. 1, p. 57-75.
MdA = Memria de frica, Fundao Portugal-frica, Univ. de Aveiro.
memoria-africa.ua.pt
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1932. Introduction to the phonology of the
Bantu languages. Translated from German, revised and enlarged in collaboration
with the author and Dr Alice Werner by N.J. van Warmelo. Berlin: Verlag von
Dietrich Reimer, under the auspices of the International Inst. of African Languages
and Cultures (IIALC), The Carnegie Corp. of New York, and the Witwatersrand
Council of Education in Johannesburg. Pp xi, 248.
Meinhof, Carl [Friedrich] [Michael]. 1948. Grundzge einer vergleichenden Gram-
matik der Bantusprachen. 2. Ausgabe, vllig umgearbeitet. Hamburg & Berlin:
Verlag von Eckardt & Messtorff; Buchhndlerischer Vertrieb durch Dietrich
Reimer (Andrews & Steiner). Pp 236.
Mesthrie, Rajend. 1992. Fanagalo in colonial Natal. In: Language and society in
Africa: the theory and practice of sociolinguistics, p. 305-324. Ed. by Robert K.
Herbert. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand Univ. Press.
Mickleburgh, Andrew. 2002. Bibliography of the South Asian diaspora and East
Africa: an annotated bibliography. Web-document, dated 12 July 2002, accessed
June 2006. Canterbury: Centre for Social Anthropology and Computing, Univ. of
Kent.
coombs.anu.edu.au/Biblio/biblio_sasiadiaspora.html
Miehe, Gudrun. 1989. Verbal extensions in Swahili and neighbouring languages.
Logos, v. 9, 1, p. 23-44.
Miller, Duncan E.; Maggs, Tim. 1998. Precolonial metalworking in Africa: a biblio-
graphy. Web-document, dated 1 June 1998, accessed June 2006. Dept. of Archaeo-
logy, Univ. of Cape Town.
www.projects.ex.ac.uk/mhn/Africa.html
Miller, Norman N. 1968. Tanzania: documentation in political antropology - the Hans
Cory Collection. African studies bulletin, v. 11, 2, p. 195-213.
Miti, Lazarus Musazitame. 1996. Subgrouping Ngoni varieties within Nguni: a lexi-
costatistical approach. South African journal of African languages, v. 16, 3, p. 83-
93.
Mitnik, Tamara Aleksandrovna; Tutova, Tatjana N.; Iljin, Jury M.; Nersesov, Georgy
A. 1994. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980
[pt. 1-2]: geography (1-64), law (65-133). St. Petersburg journal of African
studies, v. 2, p. 183-193.
[pt. 4]: historical sciences (253-620). St. Petersburg journal of African studies, v.
4, p. 125-152.
A. 1995b. Directory of dissertations on Africa defended in the USSR, 1935-1980
[pt. 5]: economic sciences (621-961). St. Petersburg journal of African studies, v.
5, p. 125-151.
[pt. 6-10]: art studies (962-986), architecture (987-999), philosophy (1000-1033),
psychology (1034-1037), pedagogics (1038-1061). St. Petersburg journal of
African studies, v. 6, p. 156-167.
Mkude, Daniel J. 2004. The impact of Kiswahili on Kiluguru. In: Globalisation and
African languages: risks and benefits (Festschrift Karsten Legre), p. 181-197. Ed.
by Katrin Bromber and Birgit Smieja. Trends in linguistics: studies and mono-
graphs, #156. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Mhlig, Wilhelm Johann Georg. 1967. Die Sprache der Dciriku: Phonologie, Proso-
dologie und Morphologie. Inaugural-Dissertation. Univ. zu Kln. Pp xxx, 279.
Monheim, Christian. 1942. Congo-bibliographie. Anvers: Veitas. Pp 211.
www.abbol.com/bookbank/books/book_6_congo.htm
Moino, Yves. (Ed.) 1988. Lexique comparatif des langues oubanguiennes. Paris:
Libr. Orientaliste Paul Geuthner; Laboratoire de Langues et Civilisations Tradi-
tion Orale (LACITO); Dpt. Languages et Parole en Afrique Central (LAPAC).
Mous, Maarten; Breedveld, Anneke. 1986. A dialectometrical study of some Bantu
languages (A.40-A.60) of Cameroon. In: La mthode dialectomtrique applique
aux langues africaines, p. 177-241. Ed. by Gladys Guarisma and Wilhelm Johann
Georg Mhlig. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag.
Mtenje, Al[fred] D. 1995. Tone shift, accent and domains in Bantu: the case of
Chichewa. In: Bantu phonology and morphology, p. 1-27. Ed. by Francis X.
Katamba. Studies in African linguistics, #6. Mnchen: Lincom Europa.
Mufwene, Salikoko S. 1994. Restructuring, feature selection and markedness: from
Kimanyanga to Kituba. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Lingu-
istics Soc., v. 20, suppl. (spec. theme: Special session on historical issues in Afri-
can linguistics, edited by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and Comfort
Wentum), p. 67-90.
Muyumba, Valentine Kanyinda. 2004. Luba-Kasai: a working bibliography. Electro-
nic journal of Africana bibliography, #9. Iowa City: Univ. Libraries of Iowa.
Nadel, Siegfried Frederick. 1950. Dual descent in the Nuba Hills. In: African systems
of kinship and marriage, p. 333-359. Ed. by Alfred Reginald Radcliffe-Brown and
Daryll Forde. London, New York & Toronto: Oxford Univ. Press; International
African Inst. (IAI).
Naden, Anthony Joshua. 1989. Gur. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 140-168. Ed.
Newman, Louise Michele. 1999. A feminist explores Africa: May French-Sheldons
subversion of patriarchal protection. In: White womens rights: the racial origins
of feminism in the United States, p. 102-115. London: Oxford Univ. Press.
Newman, Paul. 1977. Chadic classification and reconstructions. Afroasiatic lingu-
istics, v. 5, 1, p. 1-42.
Newman, Paul. 1996. Hausa and the Chadic language family: a bibliography.
African linguistic bibliographies (ALB), #6. Cologne: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Ngima, Godefroy Mawoung. 2001. The relationship between the Bakola and the
Bantu peoples of the coastal regions of Cameroon and their perception of
commercial forest exploitation. African study monographs: supplementary issue
(Kyoto), v. 26 (spec. theme: African hunter-gatherers, ed. by Jiro Tanaka, Mitsuo
Ichikawa and Daiji Kimura), p. 209-235.
jambo.africa.kyoto-u.ac.jp/kiroku/root_e.htm
Nicola, Robert; Zima, Petr. 1997. Songhay. Languages of the world / Materials,
#116. Mnchen: Lincom Europa.
Nienaber, Gabriel Stefanus; Raper, Peter Edmund. 1980. Bibliografie (net die belang-
rikste werke en artikels). In: Toponymica Hottentotica B, p. 768-790. Naamkunde-
reeks, #10. Pretoria: Suid-Afrikaanse Naamkundesentrum; Raad vir Geesteweten-
skaplike Navorsing (RGN).
NITLE = Arab World Project, National Inst. for Technology and Liberal Education
(NITLE).
arabworld.nitle.org
NSS. 1991. Publications of the Namibia Scientific Society. Windhoek: Namibia
Scientific Soc. (NSS).
Nurse, Derek. 1994. The nature and size of linguistic contact possible in three
centuries. Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v.
20, suppl. (spec. theme: Special session on historical issues in African linguistics,
edited by Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and Comfort Wentum), p. 91-100.
Nurse, Derek. 1994/95. Historical classifications of the Bantu languages. Azania, v.
29/30 (spec. theme: The growth of farming communities in Africa from the
Equator southwards, edited by John E.G. Sutton), p. 65-81.
Nurse, Derek. 1999. Towards a historical classification of East African Bantu langu-
ages. In: Bantu historical linguistics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 1-
41. Ed. by Jean-Marie Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99.
Nurse, Derek. 2007. Unpublished TA (Tense-Aspect) bibliography. St. Johns: Dept.
of Linguistics, Memorial Univ. of Newfoundland. Pp 49.
www.ucs.mun.ca/~dnurse/
Nurse, Derek; Philippson, Grard. (Ed.) 2003. The Bantu languages. Language fami-
ly series, #4. London & New York: Routledge. Pp xvii, 708.
Nurse, Derek; Tucker, Irene. 2002. A survey report of the Bantu languages. SIL elec-
tronic survey reports (SILESR), #2002-016.
www.sil.org/silesr/2002/016/SILESR2002-016.htm
Nurse, George Trevor; Weiner, Joseph S.; Jenkins, Trefor. 1985. Bibliography. In:
The peoples of southern Africa and their affinities, p. 347-374. Research mono-
graphs on human population biology, #3. Oxford: Clarendon Press.
OAIster = OAIster of the Univ. of Michigan Library.
oaister.umdl.umich.edu/o/oaister
Obudho, R.A.; Foeken, D.W.J. 1999. Urban agriculture in Africa: a bibliographical
survey. Research reports, #58. Leiden: African Studies Centre (ASC).
Oda, Masanori. 2008. Bibliography: the Mijikenda, Swahili, and other East African
coastal Bantu. Undated web-document, accessed March 2008.
members.jcom.home.ne.jp/mi-hamamoto/research/mijikenda/midzibib.html
Odden, David [Arnold]. 2003. Rufiji-Ruvuma (N10, P10-P20). In: The Bantu langu-
ages, p. 529-545. Ed. by Derek Nurse and Grard Philippson. Language family
series, #4. London & New York: Routledge.
Ogunsheye, F. Adetowun. 1963. A preliminary bibliography of the Yoruba language.
Compiled for the UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) language seminar on the teaching of Yoruba and English in primary
schools. Inst. of Librarianship, Univ. of Ibadan. Pp 38.
unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0014/001440/144088eb.pdf
Ohannessian, Sirarpi; Kashoki, Mubanga E. (Ed.) 1978. Language in Zambia. Ford
Foundations language surveys. London: International African Inst. (IAI). Pp x,
461, map.
Ohly, Rajmund. 1987. The destabilization of the Herero language. African studies of
the Academy, #2. Windhoek: Univ. of Namibia.
OpLib = Open Library (US).
openlibrary.org
OPUS = OPUS-Metasuche nach elektronischen Hochschulschriften, Univ. Stuttgart.
elib.uni-stuttgart.de/opus/gemeinsame_suche.php
Othily, Arthur. 1966. Langues et populations du Togo. Office de la Recherche Scien-
tifique et Technique dOutre-Mer (ORSTOM).
Owolabi, D. Kola O. 1995. Bamgboses curriculum vitae. In: Language in Nigeria:
essays in honour of Ayo Bamgbose, p. 503-521. Ed. by D. Kola O. Owolabi.
Ibadan: Group Publ.
Paluku, Andr Mbula. 1998. Description grammaticale du kitalinga (langue bantu du
nort-est du Zare). Studies in African linguistics, #22. Mnchen: Lincom Europa.
Pp v, 364.
Paluku, Andr Mbula. 2002. Etat de la recherche en linguistique comparative bantou
au Congo-Kinshasa: 10 and aprs Kadima Kamuleta. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 23, p.
405-427.
Parker, Franklin. 1967. African education in Zambia (formerly Northern Rhodesia): a
partial bibliography of magazine articles, 1925-1963. African studies bulletin, v.
10, 3, p. 477-490.
Pasch, Helma. 1987. Die Mba-Sprachen: die Nominalklassensysteme und die gene-
tische Gliederung einer Gruppe von Ubangi-Sprachen. Suppl. 6 to Sprache und
Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA). Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 419.
Peek, Philip Michael. 1990. Japanese anthropological research on Africa. African
studies review, v. 33, 1, p. 93-131.
Perner, Conradin. 1989. Anyuak bibliography. Web-document, dated 1989, accessed
June 2006. Davos (Switzerland).
www.schwabe.ch/anyuak
Perrot, Jean; Manessy, Gabriel; Valdman, Albert. (Ed.) 1981. Les langues dans le
monde ancien et moderne, v. 1-2. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scienti-
fique (CNRS). Pp xii, 691, maps.
Peters, Marguerite Andre; Tabane, Matthew Mathth. 1982. Bibliography of the
Tswana language: a bibliography of books, periodicals, pamphlets and manu-
scripts to the year 1980. Bibliography, #25. Pretoria: State Library.
Petzell, Malin. 2003. Swedish contributions to African linguistics: a focus on Bantu
languages. Africa & Asia: Gteborg working papers on Asian and African langu-
ages and literatures, v. 3, p. 41-52.
Pfister, Roger. 1997. Bibliography of Swiss doctoral dissertations on sub-Saharan
Africa, 1897-1996 / Bibliographie des thses de doctorat suisses sur lAfrique
noire, 1897-1996. Bern: Swiss Soc. of African Studies / Soc. Suisse des Etudes
Africaines (SSEA); Swiss National Commission for UNESCO / Commission
National Suisse pour lUNESCO.
PGut = Project Gutenberg.
www.gutenberg.org
Pigafetta, Filippo; Lopes, Duarte. 1965. Description du royaume de Congo et des
contres environnantes. Traduite de litalien et annote par Willy Bal; deuxime
dition, revue. Publ. de lUniv. de Lopoldville, #12. Louvain & Paris.
Piron, Pascale. 1997. Classification interne du groupe bantode, 2 vols. Studies in
African linguistics, #11-12. Mnchen: Lincom Europa. Pp 350; 350.
Pitchford, Jacqueline. 2006. Dutch, German, Austrian, Flemish and Afrikaans names.
The indexer: the international journal of indexing, v. 25, 2, p. C11-C14.
Polom, Edgar Charles. 1980. The languages of Tanzania. In: Language in Tanzania,
p. 3-25. Ed. by Edgar Charles Polom and Charles Peter Hill. London: Oxford
Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Pott, August Friedrich. 1852. Ueber die Kihiau-Sprache. Zeits. der deutschen
morgenlndischen Gesellschaft, v. 6, p. 331-348.
Prata, Antnio Pires. 1990. Dicionrio macua-portugus. Lisboa: Min. do Planea-
mento e da Administrao do Territrio (Portugal); Secretaria de Estado de Cin-
cia e Tecnologia; Inst. de Investigao Cientfica Tropical (IICT). Pp xxii, 508.
Prinsloo, Danil Jacobus; Bosch, Sonja E. 1993. Index (Indeks): Congress (Kongress)
1973-1980, SA Journal (SA Tydskrif) 1982-1992, Limi 1966-1981, Studies in
Bantoetale 1974-1981, Studies in Bantoetale supplement (byblad) 1982-1992.
South African journal of African languages, v. 13, suppl. 1, p. 1-38.
Puch, Gilbert. 1987. La longue marche des ndumu. Pholia, v. 2, p. 139-162.
Puch, Gilbert. 1988. Augment et prfixe nominal en ngubi. Pholia, v. 3, p. 247-256.
Puch, Gilbert. 1989. Les constituants suprasyllabiques en shw (Bantu A80).
Pholia, v. 4, p. 217-228.
Quam, Michael D. 1999. A bibliography of Karamoja, Uganda: books and articles
published in English. Electronic journal of Africana bibliography, #5. Iowa City:
Univ. Libraries of Iowa.
Raponda Walker, Andr [Abb]. 1995. Elments de grammaire fang. Rdig par
Ntong Honor, Etoughe Albert et Mba-Nkoghe Jules. Libreville: Fondation Mgr
Raponda Walker. Pp 80.
Reh, Mechthild. 1981. Problems of linguistic communication in Africa. African lingu-
istic bibliographies (ALB), #1. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 230.
Reining, Conrad C. 1961. American doctoral dissertations concerned with Africa.
ReRR = Rhodes eResearch Repository at Rhodes Univ., Grahamstown.
eprints.ru.ac.za
Rets, Jan. 1992. De arabiska talsprken: en introduction = The Arabic spoken
languages: an introduction. Dept. of Oriental Languages, Gteborg Univ.
Richardson, Irvine. 1957. Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu borderland, v. 2.
London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp 95.
RO = Revues.org, Fdration de Revues en Sciences Humaines et Sociales.
www.revues.org
Rodegem, Firmin M. 1967. Prcis de grammaire rundi. Bruxelles & Gand: E. Story-
Scientia. Pp 198.
Roncador, Manfred von; Miehe, Gudrun. 1998. Les langues gur (voltaques): biblio-
graphie commente e inventaire des appellations des langues. Monographies vol-
taques / Gur monographs, #1. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag.
Rop, Albert Jozef de. 1972. Bibliographie analytique de G. Hulstaert, M.S.C. Borger-
hout (Belgique): Missionnaires du Sacr-Coeur.
Rottland, Franz. 1982. Die sdnilotischen Sprachen: Beschreibung, Vergleichung
und Rekonstruktion. Klner Beitrge zur Afrikanistik, #7. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer
Verlag.
Rubanza, Yunus Ismail. 1979. The relationship between Kiswahili and other African
languages: the case of Kihaya. MA thesis. Univ. of Dar es Salaam. Pp iii, 162.
Rueck, Michael J.; Christiansen, Niels. 2001. Northern Songhay languages in Mali
and Niger: a sociolinguistic survey. SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR),
#1999-008.
Rye, E.C. 1879. Books and memoirs on Zulu-Land. Proceedings of the Royal
Geographical Soc. and monthly record of geography, v. 1, 3, p. 201-205.
Samarin, William John. 1994. The dynamics of morphotactic change in Sango.
Proceedings of the annual meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Soc., v. 20, suppl.
(spec. theme: Special session on historical issues in African linguistics, edited by
Kevin E. Moore, David A. Peterson and Comfort Wentum), p. 125-138.
Sammy-Macfoy, Pierre; Senhouele, Mathieu; Breton, Roland J.L. (Ed.) 1984. Atlas
linguistique de Centrafrique (ALC) = Situation linguistique en Afrique centrale,
inventaire prliminaire: la Republique Centrafricaine. Collection de lAtlas
linguistique de lAfrique centrale (ALAC). Paris & Yaound: Agence de
Coopration Culturelle et Technique (ACCT); Centre Rgional de Recherche et de
Documentation sur les Traditions Orales et pour le Dveloppement des Langues
Africaines (CERDOTOLA); Equipe Nationale du Centrafricaine.
Sasse, Hans-Jrgen. 1981. Die kuschitischen Sprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p.
187-215. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1981. Das Kordofanische. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 117-
128. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg:
Helmut Buske Verlag.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1985. Classificatie van naamwoorden en dingen in het bantoe.
Afrika-Focus (Gent), v. 1, p. 67-85.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1989. Kordofanian. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 66-80.
Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America;
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1999. Katuphas Law in Makhuwa. In: Bantu historical linguis-
tics: theoretical and empirical perspectives, p. 379-394. Ed. by Jean-Marie
Hombert and Larry Michael Hyman. Lecture notes, #99. Stanford: CSLI (Center
for the Study of Language and Information) Publ.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 1999b. Batwa: the Bantu name for the invisible people. In:
Central African hunter-gatherers in a multidisciplinary perspective: challenging
elusiveness, p. 21-39. Ed. by Karen Biesbrouck, Stefan Elders and Gerda Rossel.
Leiden: Research School of Asian, African and Amerindian Studies (CNWS),
Leiden Univ.
Schadeberg, Thilo C. 2001. Bantu bibliography. Unpublished database.
Schadeberg, Thilo C.; Cyffer, Norbert; Hofmann, Inge; Rottland, Franz. 1981. Nilo-
saharanisch. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 263-328. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C.
Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
Schapera, Isaac. 1937. Bibliography. In: The Bantu-speaking tribes of South Africa:
an ethnographical survey, p. 435-444. Ed. by Isaac Schapera. London: George
Routledge & Sons for the South African Inter-Univ. Committee for African
Studies.
Scheulen, Peter. 1991/92. Die Sprachen Namibias als Eingeborenensprachen in der
politischen und wissenschaftlichen Diskussion zur deutschen Kolonialzeit, unter
besonderer Bercksichtigung der Kolonial- und Afriknistik-Zeitschriften (ein
berblick). Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA), v. 12/13, p. 291-328.
Schladt, Mathias. 2000. A multi-purpose orthography for Kxoe: development and
challenges. In: The state of Khoesan languages in Botswana, p. 125-139. Ed. by
Herman M. Batibo and Joseph Tsonope. Mogoditshane (Botswana) & Gaborone:
Tasalls Publ. & Books for the Basarwa Languages Project, Univ. of Botswana and
Univ. of Troms.
Schmied, Josef. 1991. Bibliography. In: English in Africa: an introduction, p. 215-
255. Longman linguistics library. London & New York: Longman.
Schneider, Wolfram. ZACK.
Schoenbrun, David Lee. 1997. The historical reconstruction of Great Lakes Bantu:
etymologies and distributions. Suppl. 9 to Sprache und Geschichte in Afrika
(SUGIA). Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag. Pp 351.
Scullen, Mary Ellen. 1992. Chichewa vowel harmony and underspecification theory.
Linguistic analysis, v. 22, 3/4, p. 218-245.
Sene, Ibra. AZ.
Shen, John. 1995. New thoughts on the use of Chinese documents in the reconstruc-
tion of early Swahili history. History in Africa, v. 22, p. 349-358.
SIL11. 1988. Ethnologue: languages of the world, 2 vols. 11th edition, edited by
Barbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp x, 748; 403.
Barbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL). Pp x, 938; 312.
Barbara F. Grimes. Dallas: Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Barbara F. Grimes. Dallas: SIL International.
SIL15. 2005. Ethnologue: languages of the world. 15th edition, edited by Raymond
G. Gordon. Dallas: SIL International.
www.ethnologue.com
SILBib = The SIL Bibliography (SIL International).
www.ethnologue.com/bibliography.asp
SILESR = SIL electronic survey reports (SIL International).
www.sil.org/silesr
Simola, Raisa. 2001. Encounter images in the meetings between Finland and South-
West Africa / Namibia. In: Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and
Europe. Ed. by Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
SIRIS = Smithsonian Inst. Research Information System.
www.siris.si.edu/
Sitoe, Bento; Ngunga, Armindo Saul Atelela. (Ed.) 2000. Relatrio do II seminrio
sobre a padronizao da ortografia de lnguas moambicanas. Maputo: Ncleo de
Estudo de Lnguas Moambicanas (NELIMO); Centro de Estudos das Lnguas
Moambicanas, Univ. Eduardo Mondlane. Pp 219.
Smart, Tracy. 1998. Publications of Edgar C. Polom on African language and
culture. General linguistics, v. 38, 1/4 (spec. theme: African language and culture
in historical perspective: essays in memory of Edgar C. Polom, edited by Bridget
Drinka and Derek Nurse), p. vii-xiii.
Smeltzer, Brad. 2001. Kagoro sociolinguistic survey. SIL electronic survey reports
(SILESR), #2001-007. Pp 18.
Smet, A.J. 2004. Bibliographie de la philosophie africaine / African philosophical
bibliography (online).
www.isp.ucl.ac.be/recherche/philafr/A.html
Smieja, Birgit; Dirven, Ren; Webb, Victor [N.] [C.]. (Ed.) 1997. The LiCCA
bibliography (LICBIB): working paper in preparation for the LiCCA conference.
LiCCA papers (LiCCAP), #5. Duisburg: Languages in Contact and Conflict in
Africa (LiCCA), Gerhard Mercator Univ.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 1998. Catalogue 617: Aethiops. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Anti-
quarium.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 2001. Catalogue 633: Ifrqiya. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Anti-
quarium.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 2002. Catalogue 642: Afer Mahometicus. Leiden: Smitskamp Ori-
ental Antiquarium.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 2003. Catalogue 644: Afer Niger. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental An-
tiquarium.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 2004. Catalogue 645: Misr. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiqua-
rium.
Smitskamp, Rijk. 2005. Catalogue 650: Coptic & Gnostic. Leiden: Smitskamp Ori-
ental Antiquarium.
SOAS = SOAS (School of Oriental and African Studies) library, Univ. of London.
www.soas.ac.uk/library
SOASROL = SOAS (School of Oriental and African Studies) research online.
eprints.soas.ac.uk
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1992. A survey on language death in Africa. In: Language
death: factual and theoretical explorations with special reference to East Africa, p.
301-417. Ed. by Matthias Brenzinger. Contributions to the sociology of language,
#64. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter.
Sommer, Gabi [Gabriele]. 1995. Ethnographie des Sprachwechsels: sozialer Wandel
und Sprachverhalten bei den Yeyi (Botswana). Sprachkontakt in Afrika / Language
contact in Africa, #2. Kln: Rdiger Kppe Verlag. Pp 504.
Spaandonck, Marcel van. 1965. Practical and systematic Swahili bibliography:
linguistics, 1850-1963. Leiden: E.J. Brill.
Spagnolo, Fr. Lorenzo M. 1933. Bibliography. In: Bari grammar, p. xxvi-xxvii.
Verona: Ist. Missioni Africane.
Stanley, George Edward. 1968. The indigenous languages of South West Africa.
Anthropological linguistics, v. 10, 3, p. 5-18.
Stewart, John Massie. 1989. Kwa. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p. 216-245. Ed.
Stiebing jnr, William H. 1993. Retrieving Egypts distant past. In: Uncovering the
past: a history of archaeology, p. 55-84. London: Oxford Univ. Press.
Stirtz, Timothy M. 2004. Phonology and orthography in Gaahmg. Occasional papers
in the study of Sudanese languages, v. 9, p. 127-144.
Strohmeyer, Eckhard. 1982. Umfassende Bibliographie der Vlker Namibiens (Sd-
westafrikas) und Sd-West Angolas, Bd 2. Karben (Deutschland).
Strohmeyer, Eckhard; Moritz, Walter. 1975. Umfassende Bibliographie der Vlker
Namibiens (Sdwestafrikas) und Sd-West Angolas, Bd 1. Kampala & Spenge
(Deutschland).
SULAIR = Africa south of the Sahara: selected internet sources prepared by Karen
Fung, Stanford Univ. Libraries and Academic Information Resources (SULAIR).
www-sul.stanford.edu/depts/ssrg/africa/guide.html
Sullivan, Terrence D. 2004. A preliminary report on existing information on the
Manding languages of West Africa: summary and suggestions for future research.
SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2004-005.
Switzer, Les; Switzer, Donna. 1979. The black press in South Africa and Lesotho: a
descriptive bibliographical guide to African, Coloured and Indian newspapers,
newsletters and magazines 1836-1976. Bibliographies and guides to African
studies. Boston: G.K. Hall & Co. Pp xix, 307.
Taylor, Brian K. 1962/69. Bibliography (1962) & Supplementary bibliography 1962-
1969. In: The western Lacustrine Bantu (Nyoro, Toro, Nyankore, Kiga, Haya and
Zinza, with sections on the Amba and Konjo), p. 149-156. Ethnographic survey of
Africa, East Central Africa, #13. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International
African Inst. (IAI).
Thioub, Ibrahima. 1993. Complments la bibliographie des travaux universitaires
soutenus lUniversit Cheikh Anta Diop de Dakar (UCAD) entre 1988 et 1993.
Dakar: Dpt. de Histoire, Univ. Cheikh Anta Diop (UCAD). Pp 18.
tekrur-ucad.refer.sn/article.php3?id_article=145
Tiendrebeogo, Beatrice. 2001. Rapport sociolinguistique sur la langue Bobo Jula
(Zara). SIL electronic survey reports (SILESR), #2001-002. Pp 15.
TInd = The indexer: the international journal of indexing.
www.theindexer.org
Tucker, Archibald Norman. 1964. Systems of tone-marking African languages. Bull.
of the School of Oriental and African Studies, v. 27, 3, p. 594-611.
Tucker, Archibald Norman. 1971. Orthographic systems and conventions in sub-
Saharan Africa. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan
Africa, p. 618-653. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton &
Co.
Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1956. Far eastern section:
Great Lakes to Indian Ocean. In: Linguistic survey of the northern Bantu border-
land, v. 1, p. 123-143. Ed. by Malcolm Guthrie and Archibald Norman Tucker.
London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI).
Tucker, Archibald Norman; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1957. Linguistic survey of the
northern Bantu borderland, 4: languages of the eastern section, Great Lakes to
Indian Ocean. London: Oxford Univ. Press; International African Inst. (IAI). Pp
89.
TUFS = Prometheus-Academic Collections, Tokyo Univ. of Foreign Studies.
repository.tufs.ac.jp
Turner, W.J. 1879. Maps of Zulu-Land. Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Soc.
and monthly record of geography, v. 1, 3, p. 205-206.
Tylleskr, Thorkild. 1987. Bibliographie. In: Phonologie de la langue sakata (bc 34):
langue bantoue du Zare parler de Lemvien Nord, p. 139-148. Univ. de la
Sorbonne Nouvelle (Paris 3).
UFDC = Univ. of Florida Digital Collections.
www.uflib.ufl.edu
UK. 1804-1817/1968. Reports from select committees on petitions of the court of
directors of the Sierra Leone Company and the Company of Merchants trading to
Africa, and on the state of the settlements and forts on the coast of Africa. British
parliamentary papers: colonies, Africa, #1. Dublin: Irish Univ. Press.
ULCAT = Bibliotheekcatalogi van de Univ. Leiden.
u-cat.leidenuniv.nl
UNESCO. (Ed.) 2005. Atlas of the worlds languages in danger of disappearing. 3rd
edition. Paris: UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization) Publ.
portal.unesco.org/ci/en/ev.php-URL_ID=7856&URL_DO=DO_TOPIC&URL_SECTION=201.html
UNESDOC = UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Orga-
nization) documents and publications.
unesdoc.unesco.org/ulis/
Valkhoff, Marius F. 1971. Descriptive bibliography of the linguistics of Afrikaans: a
survey of major works and authors. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics
in sub-Saharan Africa, p. 455-500. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague &
Paris: Mouton & Co.
Veen, Lolke J. van der. 1988. Caractristiques principales du groupe B30. Pholia, v.
3, p. 271-290.
Vetralla, Hiacinto Brusciotto de. 1659. Regulae quaedam pro difficillimi congensium
idiomatis faciliori captu ad grammaticae normam redactae. Romae: Sac. Congreg.
de Propaganda Fide.
Vetralla, Hiacinto Brusciotto de. 1882. Grammar of the Congo language as spoken
two hundred years ago, and translated from the Latin of Brusciotto. Translated by
James Mew, edited by H. Grattan Guiness. London: Hodder & Stoughton.
Vinck, Honor. 1981. Bio-bibliographie de A. de Rop. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 2, p. 159-
167.
Vinck, Honor. 1984. Dialectologie mongo: tat de la question. Ann. Aequatoria, v.
5, p. 161-172.
Vinck, Honor. 1985. Mmoires sur les langues de la rgion de lEquateur. Ann.
Vinck, Honor. 1993. Addenda et corrigenda de la bibliographie de G. Hulstaert.
Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14, p. 392-400.
Vinck, Honor. 1993b. Bibliographie des Bongando. Ann. Aequatoria, v. 14, p. 585-
593.
Vinck, Honor. 1993c. Thses de doctorate sur le Zare Bloomington. Ann. Aequa-
toria, v. 14, p. 594.
Vinck, Honor. 1994. Complment la bibliographie de Albert de Rop. Ann.
Aequatoria, v. 15, p. 487ff.
Vinck, Honor. 1994b. Dialectologie mngo: volution depuis 1984. Ann. Aequa-
toria, v. 15, p. 425-438.
Voorhoeve, Jan. 1973. Safwa as a restricted tone system. Studies in African lingu-
istics, v. 4, 1, p. 1-22.
Vossen, Rainer. 1983. Comparative eastern Nilotic. In: Nilo-Saharan language
studies, p. 177-207. Ed. by Marvin Lionel Bender. Monographs from the Com-
mittee on Northeast African Studies, #13. East Lansing: African Studies Center,
Michigan State Univ.
Vydrine, Valentin [Feodosievich]. 2005. Reconstruction of initial consonants in
Proto-South Mande. In: Studies in African comparative linguistics, with special
focus on Bantu and Mande: essays in honour of Yvonne Bastin and Claire
Grgoire, p. 43-88. Ed. by Koen Bostoen and Jacky Maniacky. Collection sciences
humaines / Collectie menswetenschappen, #169. Tervuren: Muse Royal de
lAfrique Centrale (MRAC).
Wald, Benji [Victor]. 1975. Animate concords in northeast coastal Bantu: its linguis-
tic and social implications as a case of grammatical convergence. Studies in Afri-
can linguistics, v. 6, 3, p. 267-314.
WALR = Webbook of African Language Resources, African Studies Center, Michi-
gan State Univ.
www.isp.msu.edu/AfrLang/hiermenu.html
Walsh, Martin T.; Swilla, Imani N. 2000. Linguistics in the Corridor: a review of
research on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia and
North Malawi. Paper prepared for the International Colloquium on Kiswahili in
2000, Inst. of Kiswahili Research, Univ. of Dar es Salaam, 20-23 March 2000. Pp
47.
www.african.gu.se/downloads.html
Walsh, Martin T.; Swilla, Imani N. 2001. Linguistics in the Corridor: a review of
research on the Bantu languages of South-West Tanzania, North-East Zambia and
North Malawi. Journal of Asian and African studies / Ajia Afuriku gengo bunka
kenkyu, v. 61, p. 275-302.
Warmelo, Nicolaas Jacobus van. 1937. Grouping and ethnic history. In: The Bantu-
speaking tribes of South Africa: an ethnographical survey, p. 43-66. Ed. by Isaac
Schapera. London: George Routledge & Sons for the South African Inter-Univ.
Committee for African Studies.
Watters, John Robert. 1989. Bantoid overview. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.
401-420. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of
Watters, John Robert. 2003. Grassfields Bantu. In: The Bantu languages, p. 225-256.
Ed. by Derek Nurse and Grard Philippson. Language family series, #4. London &
New York: Routledge.
Watters, John Robert; Leroy, Jacqueline [Warnier]. 1989. Southern Bantoid. In: The
Niger-Congo languages, p. 431-449. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel.
Lanham MD: Univ. Press of America; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
WBib = Wolof bibliography, at the Abibitumi Kasa Afrikan Language and Liberation
Institutes and Communities Network.
www.abibitumikasa.com/forums/wolof-language-resources/37244-wolof-bibliography-wolof.html
WebAL = Webresources for African languages.
www.africanlanguages.org
Weier, Hans-Ingolf. 1985. Basisdemonstrativa im Bantu. Suppl. 5 to Sprache und
Geschichte in Afrika (SUGIA). Hamburg: Helmut Buske Verlag. Pp 369.
Westermann, Diedrich; Bryan, Margaret Arminel. 1952. The languages of West
Africa. Handbook of African languages, pt 2. London, New York & Toronto:
Dawsons of Pall Mall; International African Inst. (IAI).
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1963. The linguistic prehistory of southern Africa:
Bush, Kwadi, Hottentot and Bantu linguistic relationships. Africa, v. 33, 3, p. 237-
265.
Westphal, Ernst Oswald Johannes. 1971. The click languages of southern and eastern
Africa. In: Current trends in linguistics, 7: linguistics in sub-Saharan Africa, p.
367-420. Ed. by Thomas Albert Sebeok. The Hague & Paris: Mouton & Co.
Whitehead, John. 1899. Grammar and dictionary of the Bobangi language, as spoken
over a part of the Upper Congo, West Central Africa. London: Baptist Missionary
Soc.; Kegan Paul, Trench, Trbner & Co. Pp xix, 499.
Whiteley, Wilfred Howell; Gutkind, A.E. 1958. A linguistic bibliography of East
Africa. New edition, revised. East African linguistic studies, #2. Kampala: East
African Swahili Committee & East African Inst. of Social Research (EAISR),
Makerere College.
Wilkening, Friederike. 2000. Who is J.W.T. Allen? Afrikanistische Arbeitspapiere
(AAP), v. 64 (spec. theme: Swahili Forum VII, edited by Rose Marie Beck, Lutz
Diegner, Thomas Geider and Werner Grbner), p. 237-258.
Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret]; Blench, Roger M. 2000. Niger-Congo. In: Afri-
can languages: an introduction, p. 11-42. Ed. by Bernd Heine and Derek Nurse.
Cambridge Univ. Press.
Williamson, Kay [Ruth] [Margaret]; Timitimi, A.O. (Ed.) 1983. Short Izon-English
dictionary. Delta series, #3. Port Harcourt: Univ. of Port Harcourt Press.
Willis, John Ralph. 1965. Windfall for African studies: some forthcoming reprints.
Wilson, Charles Thomas. 1882. Outline grammar of the Luganda language. London:
Soc. for Promoting Christian Knowledge (SPCK).
Wilson, William Andr Auquier. 1989. Atlantic. In: The Niger-Congo languages, p.
81-104. Ed. by John Theodor Bendor-Samuel. Lanham MD: Univ. Press of Ame-
rica; Summer Inst. of Linguistics (SIL).
Winsnes, Selena Axelrod. 2001. An eye-witness, hearsay, hands-on report from the
Gold Coast: Ludewig F. Rmers Tilforladelig efterretning om kysten Guinea. In:
Encounter images in the meetings between Africa and Europe, p. 37-53. Ed. by
Mai Palmberg. Uppsala: Nordic Africa Inst. (NAI).
Winter, Jrgen Christoph. 1981. Khoisan. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 329-374. Ed.
by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Wolff, Ekkehard. 1981. Die Berbersprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p. 171-185.
Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Hamburg: Helmut
Buske Verlag.
Wolff, Ekkehard. 1981b. Die tschadischen Sprachen. In: Die Sprachen Afrikas, p.
239-262. Ed. by Bernd Heine, Thilo C. Schadeberg and Ekkehard Wolff. Ham-
burg: Helmut Buske Verlag.
ZACK = ZACK Gateway to various library catalogues (website maintained by Wolf-
ram Schneider).
opus.tu-bs.de/zack
Zaslavsky, Claudia. 1973. Africa counts: number and pattern in African culture.
Boston: Prindle, Weber & Schmidt. Pp viii, 328.
ZDB = Zeitschriftendatenbank der Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin.
dispatch.opac.ddb.de
Zima, Petr. 1972. Bibliography. In: Problems of categories and word classes in
Hausa: the paradigm of case, p. 102-111. Dissertationes orientales, #33. Prague:
Oriental Inst., Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences.

E Ball Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

E Ball Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

E Ball Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Compiled by Jouni Filip Maho

Electronic Bibliography for African Languages and Linguistics

You might also like